EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Connectrix
ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director

INSTALLATION AND SERVICE MANUAL

P/N 300-003-131
REV A01

EMC Corporation
Corporate Headquarters:
Hopkinton, MA 01748-9103
1-508-435-1000
www.emc.com
 EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Copyright © 2005 EMC Corporation. All rights reserved.
Printed December 2005

No part of this publication may be reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, or
stored in a database or retrieval system, without the prior written consent of EMC Corporation.

The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice. EMC Corporation
assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear.

All computer software programs, including but not limited to microcode, described in this
document are furnished under a license, and may be used or copied only in accordance with the
terms of such license.
EMC either owns or has the right to license the computer software programs described in this
document.
EMC Corporation retains all rights, title and interest in the computer software programs.

EMC Corporation makes no warranties, expressed or implied, by operation of law or otherwise,

relating to this document, the products or the computer software programs described herein. EMC
CORPORATION DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. In no event shall EMC Corporation be liable for (a)
incidental, indirect, special, or consequential damages or (b) any damages whatsoever resulting
from the loss of use, data or profits, arising out of this document, even if advised of the possibility
of such damages.

Regulatory Agency Information

The Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director has been extensively tested and certified to
meet UL1950, CSA 950, IEC 950/EN 60950 Safety of Information Technology Equipment Including
Electrical Business Equipment; FCC Rules Part 15 Subpart B; CISPR22 Class A; EN55022;
EN50082-1.
This class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.
Warning!
This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference
in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.
Achtung!
Dieses ist ein Gerät der Funkstörgrenzwertklasse A. In Wohnbereichen können bei Betrieb
dieses Gerätes Rundfunkstörungen auftreten, in welchen Fällen der Benutzer für
entsprechende Gegenmaßnahmen verantwortlich ist.
Attention!
Ceci est un produit de Classe A. Dans un environnement domestique, ce produit risque de créer
des interférences radioélectriques, il appartiendra alors à l'utilisateur de prendre les mesures
spécifiques appropriées.

ii Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual

 EMC CONFIDENTIAL

This equipment generates, uses, and may emit radio frequency energy. The equipment has been
type tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15
of FCC rules, which are designed to provide reasonable protection against such radio frequency
interference.
Operation of this equipment in a residential area may cause interference in which case the user
at his own expense will be required to take whatever measures may be required to correct the
interference.
Any modifications to this device—unless expressly approved by the manufacturer—can void
the user’s authority to operate this equipment under part 15 of the FCC rules.

Trademark Information

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual iii
 EMC CONFIDENTIAL

iv Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual

 EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Contents

Preface .......................................................................................................................... xix

Warnings and Cautions ......................................................................................... xxv

Chapter 1 General Information

Overview........................................................................................... 1-2
Director Description ........................................................................ 1-3
Director Management ..................................................................... 1-5
Field-Replaceable Units .................................................................. 1-6
Control Processor (CTP) Card ................................................ 1-8
Line Module (LIM) ................................................................. 1-10
Optical Paddle......................................................................... 1-11
SFP and XFP Transceivers ..................................................... 1-13
Switching Module (SWM) ..................................................... 1-14
Power Supply .......................................................................... 1-16
AC Power Switch/Breaker.................................................... 1-16
Fan Tray ................................................................................... 1-17
Filler Panels ............................................................................. 1-19
Cable Trays .............................................................................. 1-20
FRU Location Numbering ............................................................ 1-21
Port Location, Addressing, and Numbering ............................. 1-22
Error-Detection, Reporting, and Serviceability Features ......... 1-23
Controls, Connectors, and Indicators ......................................... 1-25
Bezel: Power and System Error LEDs.................................. 1-27
Logic Card (CTP, LIM, and SWM): STATE LED ............... 1-28
CTP Card: ROLE LED ............................................................ 1-29
Optical Paddle: Port Status LEDs......................................... 1-29
Power Supply: LEDs .............................................................. 1-30
Fan Tray: LED ......................................................................... 1-30

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual v

Contents

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
CTP Card: Ethernet LAN Connector ................................... 1-31
CTP Card: Reset Button ......................................................... 1-31
Element Manager Status Indicators ............................................ 1-32
Tools and Test Equipment ............................................................ 1-34
Tools Supplied with the Director ......................................... 1-34
Tools Supplied by Service Personnel ................................... 1-35

Chapter 2 Installation Tasks

Overview........................................................................................... 2-2
Factory Defaults........................................................................ 2-2
Installation Task Summary............................................................. 2-4
Task 1: Verify Installation Requirements ...................................... 2-6
Task 2: Viewing the Ethernet Hub................................................. 2-7
Task 3: Unpack, Inspect, and Install the Director........................ 2-9
Installing the ED-10000M Director......................................... 2-9
AC Power Guidelines ............................................................ 2-13
Task 4: Configure Director Network Information (Optional) . 2-17
Task 5: Configuring the Connectrix Service Processor............. 2-21
Task 6: Configure Connectrix Service Processor Information. 2-22
Configure Connectrix Service Processor Names ............... 2-22
Configure Gateway and DNS Server Addresses ............... 2-23
Task 7: Configure Windows Operating System Users ............. 2-26
Change Default Administrator Password .......................... 2-26
Add a New User ..................................................................... 2-26
Change User Properties......................................................... 2-27
Task 8: Set Connectrix Service Processor Date and Time......... 2-29
Task 9: Assign User Names and Passwords .............................. 2-31
Task 10: Configure the ED-10000M Director to the Management
Application ..................................................................................... 2-33
Task 11: Verify Director-to-Server Communication .................. 2-34
Task 12: Configure Feature Key (Optional)................................ 2-35
Task 13: Set Director Date and Time ........................................... 2-37
Task 14: Configure the Element Manager Application ............ 2-39
Configure Director Identification......................................... 2-39
Configure Director Parameters ............................................ 2-40
Configure Fabric Parameters ................................................ 2-41
Configure Ports....................................................................... 2-44
Configure SNMP Trap Messages ......................................... 2-45
Configure Threshold Alerts .................................................. 2-47
Configure, Enable, and Test E-mail Notification ............... 2-49
Configure and Enable Ethernet Events ............................... 2-51
Configure, Enable, and Test Call-Home Event Notification....

vi Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual

 Contents

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
2-51
Task 15: Back Up Configuration Data ........................................ 2-53
Task 16: Insert Optical Paddles and Cable Fibre Channel Ports .....
2-55
Task 17: Configure Zoning (Optional) ....................................... 2-56
Task 18: Connect Director to a Fabric Element (Optional) ...... 2-57

Chapter 3 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)

Overview .......................................................................................... 3-2
Troubleshooting the Director......................................................... 3-3
Factory Defaults ....................................................................... 3-4
Quick Start........................................................................................ 3-6
Visual Indicators....................................................................... 3-6
SNMP Hardware Traps ........................................................... 3-8
Event Codes ............................................................................ 3-12
MAP 0000: Start MAP................................................................... 3-18
MAP 0100: Power Distribution Analysis ................................... 3-22
MAP 0200: POST Failure Analysis ............................................. 3-25
MAP 0300: Loss of Server Communication............................... 3-29
MAP 0400: FRU Failure Analysis................................................ 3-37
MAP 0500: Port Failure or Link Incident Analysis................... 3-40
MAP 0600: Fabric or ISL, Problem Analysis ............................. 3-52

Chapter 4 Repair Information

Overview .......................................................................................... 4-2
Factory Defaults ....................................................................... 4-2
Procedural Notes...................................................................... 4-3
Obtaining Log Information............................................................ 4-4
Connectrix Manager Logs....................................................... 4-4
Product Manager Logs ............................................................ 4-8
Obtaining Port Diagnostic Information ..................................... 4-11
Port LED Diagnostics ............................................................ 4-11
Port Information (Product Manager Application) ............ 4-11
Performing Loopback Tests ......................................................... 4-16
Internal Loopback Test (Product Manager Application) . 4-16
External Loopback Test (Product Manager Application) 4-17
Blocking and Unblocking Ports .................................................. 4-19
Block a Port (Product Manager Application)..................... 4-19
Swapping Ports.............................................................................. 4-20
Collecting Maintenance Data ...................................................... 4-22
Maintenance Data (Product Manager Application).......... 4-22

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual vii
Contents

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Powering the Director On or Off ................................................ 4-24
Power-On Procedure.............................................................. 4-24
Power-Off Procedure ............................................................. 4-25
Setting the Director Online or Offline......................................... 4-26
Set Online or Offline (Element Manager Application) ..... 4-26
Reset the Director........................................................................... 4-27
Reset the Director (Element Manager Application............ 4-27
Reset the Director (CTP front panel)................................... 4-27
Cleaning Fiber-Optic Components ............................................. 4-29
Tools required:......................................................................... 4-29
Procedure:................................................................................ 4-29
Downloading Director Firmware ............................................... 4-31
Download Firmware and Software...................................... 4-31
Installing or Upgrading Software................................................ 4-34
Managing Configuration Data..................................................... 4-35
Back Up Configuration (Element Manager Application). 4-35
Restore Configuration (Element Manager Application)... 4-35
Reset Configuration Data (Element Manager Application) .....
4-36

Chapter 5 FRU Removal and Replacement

Overview........................................................................................... 5-2
Upgrade Considerations................................................................. 5-3
Factory Defaults........................................................................ 5-4
Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) ..................................................... 5-5
Procedural Notes ............................................................................. 5-8
ESD Information ....................................................................... 5-8
RRP: CTP Card ................................................................................. 5-9
Tools Required .......................................................................... 5-9
Removal ..................................................................................... 5-9
Replacement ............................................................................ 5-12
RRP: Line Module (LIM) .............................................................. 5-14
Tools Required ........................................................................ 5-14
Removal ................................................................................... 5-14
Replacement ............................................................................ 5-17
RRP: Optical Paddle (OTPS or OTPX)........................................ 5-19
Tools Required ........................................................................ 5-19
Removal ................................................................................... 5-19
Replacement ............................................................................ 5-21
Optical Transceivers (SFP or XFP)............................................... 5-22
Tools Required ........................................................................ 5-22
Removal ................................................................................... 5-23

viii Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Contents

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Replacement............................................................................ 5-23
RRP: Switching Module (SWM).................................................. 5-25
Tools Required........................................................................ 5-25
Removal................................................................................... 5-25
Replacement............................................................................ 5-27
RRP: Power Supply....................................................................... 5-29
Tools Required........................................................................ 5-29
Removal................................................................................... 5-29
Replacement............................................................................ 5-30
RRP: AC Power Switch/Breaker ................................................ 5-31
Tools Required........................................................................ 5-31
Removal................................................................................... 5-31
Replacement............................................................................ 5-34
Fan Tray (FTF/FBF or RTF/RBF) ................................................ 5-35
Tools Required........................................................................ 5-35
Removal................................................................................... 5-35
Replacement............................................................................ 5-38
RRP: Filler Panel (LIM, SWM, or Optical Paddle).................... 5-40
Tools Required........................................................................ 5-40
Removal................................................................................... 5-40
Replacement............................................................................ 5-40
RRP: Cable Tray, Upper or Lower............................................... 5-41
Tools Required........................................................................ 5-41
Removal
(Upper Cable Tray) ................................................................ 5-41
Removal
(Lower Cable Tray) ................................................................ 5-41
Replacement (Upper Cable Tray) ....................................... 5-42
Replacement (Lower Cable Tray) ....................................... 5-43

Chapter 6 Illustrated Parts Breakdown

Overview .......................................................................................... 6-2
Front-Accessible FRUs.................................................................... 6-3
Rear-Accessible FRUs ..................................................................... 6-5

Appendix A Event Code Tables

Overview ........................................................................................ A-2
System Events (000 through 199) ................................................ A-4
Power Supply Events (200 through 299) .................................. A-16
Fan Tray Events (300 through 399) ........................................... A-20
CTP Card Events (400 through 499) ......................................... A-26
LIM Events (500 through 599) ................................................... A-39

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual ix

Contents

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
SWM Events (600 through 699) ................................................. A-57
Thermal Events (800 through 899) ............................................ A-61

Appendix B Director Specifications

Physical Characteristics ................................................................ B-2
Shipping and Storage Environment ............................................ B-5
Operating Environment ................................................................ B-6

Appendix C Connectrix Service Processor and Ethernet Hub

Overview ......................................................................................... C-2
Connectrix Service Processor Description ................................. C-3
Connectrix Service Processor Specifications ....................... C-3
Ethernet Hub Description ............................................................ C-5

Appendix D Restore Connectrix Service Processor

Overview ......................................................................................... D-2
Requirements .................................................................................. D-3
Connectrix Server Restore Procedure ......................................... D-4
Reloading the Operating System and Connectrix Manager
Application ............................................................................... D-4
Restoring the Connectrix Manager Data from the CD-RW
Drive or Hard Drive................................................................ D-5
Restoring Connectrix Manager Data from the Network Drive
D-7

Glossary ........................................................................................................................ g-1

x Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual

 EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figures

1-1 ED-10000M Director ...................................................................................... 1-3

1-2 ED-10000M Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs), Front ................................. 1-7
1-3 ED-10000M Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs), Rear ................................... 1-8
1-4 Control Processor (CTP) Card ..................................................................... 1-9
1-5 Line Module (LIM) with Sample Optical Paddles ................................. 1-11
1-6 Optical Paddle, 1 or 2 Gbps (OTPS) .......................................................... 1-12
1-7 Optical Paddle, 10 Gbps (OTPX) ............................................................... 1-13
1-8 Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP) transceiver ..................................... 1-14
1-9 Ten Gbps Form-Factor Pluggable (XFP) Transceiver ............................ 1-14
1-10 Switching Module (SWM) .......................................................................... 1-15
1-11 Power Supply ............................................................................................... 1-16
1-12 AC Power Switch/Breaker ........................................................................ 1-17
1-13 Front Fan Tray (FTF/FBF) ......................................................................... 1-18
1-14 Rear Fan Tray (RTF/RBF) .......................................................................... 1-18
1-15 Filler Panel (LIM Filler Panel Shown) ...................................................... 1-19
1-16 Cable Trays ................................................................................................... 1-20
1-17 FRU Locations and Numbering ................................................................ 1-21
1-18 Port Numbering and Addressing ............................................................. 1-22
1-19 Controls, Connectors, and Indicators (Front) ......................................... 1-26
1-20 Controls, Connectors, and Indicators (Rear) ........................................... 1-27
1-21 Torque Tool and Hex Adapter .................................................................. 1-34
1-22 Loopback Plug ............................................................................................. 1-35
1-23 Fiber-Optic Protective Plug ........................................................................ 1-35
1-24 Null Modem Cable ...................................................................................... 1-35
2-1 EC-1500 Rack Tinnerman Nut Locations – Front Lower Cabinet ........ 2-10
2-2 EC-1500 Rack Tinnerman Nut Locations – Front Upper Cabinet ........ 2-11
2-3 Placement of Upside Down L-Brackets .................................................... 2-12
2-4 Installing the Left and Right Rear Mounting Plates ............................... 2-12
2-5 Power Plugs for Two Directors in a Cabinet ........................................... 2-15
2-6 Connection Description Dialog Box ......................................................... 2-18

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual xiii
Figures

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
2-7 Identification Changes Dialog Box ........................................................... 2-23
2-8 Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties Dialog Box ................................. 2-24
2-9 Add New User Wizard ............................................................................... 2-27
2-10 Properties Dialog Box (General Tab) ........................................................ 2-28
2-11 Date/Time Properties Dialog Box (Time Zone Tab) .............................. 2-29
2-12 Date/Time Properties Dialog Box (Date & Time Tab) .......................... 2-30
2-13 Add User Dialog Box .................................................................................. 2-31
2-14 Address Properties Dialog Box (IP Address Page) ................................ 2-33
2-15 New Feature Key Dialog Box .................................................................... 2-35
2-16 Configure Date and Time Dialog Box ...................................................... 2-37
2-17 Configure Identification Dialog Box ........................................................ 2-40
2-18 Configure Switch Parameters Dialog Box ............................................... 2-40
2-19 Configure Fabric Parameters Dialog Box ................................................ 2-42
2-20 Configure SNMP Dialog Box .................................................................... 2-45
2-21 New Threshold Alert Dialog Box (Screen 1) ........................................... 2-47
2-22 New Threshold Alert Dialog Box (Screen 2) ........................................... 2-48
2-23 New Threshold Alert Dialog Box (Screen 3) ........................................... 2-49
2-24 Email Event Notification Setup Dialog Box ............................................ 2-50
2-25 InCD Icon (Unformatted CD) .................................................................... 2-53
4-1 Product Status Log ........................................................................................ 4-6
4-2 Port Properties Dialog Box ........................................................................ 4-13
4-3 Swap Ports Dialog Box ............................................................................... 4-20
4-4 Save Data Collection Dialog Box .............................................................. 4-22
4-5 Set Online State Dialog Box ....................................................................... 4-26
4-6 Clean Fiber-Optic Components ................................................................ 4-30
4-7 Firmware Library Dialog Box .................................................................... 4-32
4-8 Backup and Restore Configuration Dialog Box ...................................... 4-35
4-9 Reset Configuration Dialog Box ................................................................ 4-36
4-10 Discover Setup Dialog Box ........................................................................ 4-37
4-11 Address Properties Dialog Box ................................................................. 4-38
5-1 Connectrix ED-10000M Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs), Front ............ 5-5
5-2 Connectrix ED-10000M Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs), Rear .............. 5-6
5-3 CTP Card Removal and Replacement (Part 1) ........................................ 5-11
5-4 CTP Card Removal and Replacement (Part 2) ........................................ 5-11
5-5 LIM Removal and Replacement (Part 1) .................................................. 5-16
5-6 LIM Removal and Replacement (Part 2) .................................................. 5-16
5-7 Optical Paddle, 1 or 2 Gbps (OTPS), Removal and Replacement ....... 5-20
5-8 Optical Paddle, 10 Gbps (OTPX), Removal and Replacement ............. 5-21
5-9 Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP) transceiver ..................................... 5-22
5-10 Ten Gbps Form-Factor Pluggable (XFP) Transceiver ............................ 5-22
5-11 SWM Removal and Replacement (Part 1) ............................................... 5-26
5-12 SWM Removal and Replacement (Part 2) ............................................... 5-27
5-13 Power Supply Removal and Replacement .............................................. 5-30

xiv Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Figures

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
5-14 AC Power Switch/Breaker Removal and Replacement ....................... 5-33
5-15 Fan Tray (Front Top, FTF/FTB) Removal and Replacement ............... 5-36
5-16 Fan Tray (Front Bottom, FTF/FBF) Removal and Replacement ......... 5-37
5-17 Fan Tray (Rear Top, RTF/RBF) Removal and Replacement ................ 5-37
5-18 Fan Tray (Rear Bottom, RTF/RBF) Removal and Replacement .......... 5-38
5-19 Upper or Lower Cable Tray Removal and Replacement ...................... 5-42
6-1 Front-Accessible FRUs ................................................................................. 6-3
6-2 Rear-Accessible FRUs .................................................................................. 6-5
B-1 Power Plugs for Two Directors in a Cabinet ............................................ B-3
B-2 ED-10000M Dimensions .............................................................................. B-4
C-1 Connectrix Service Processor ..................................................................... C-3
C-2 24-Port Ethernet Hub .................................................................................. C-5

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual xv

Figures

EMC CONFIDENTIAL

xvi Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Tables

1-1 Bezel: Power LED (Green) ......................................................................... 1-27

1-2 Bezel: System Error LED (Amber) ............................................................ 1-28
1-3 Logic Card (CTP, LIM, SWM): STATE LED (Bi-color, green/amber) . 1-28
1-4 CTP Card: ROLE LED (Bi-color, green/amber) ..................................... 1-29
1-5 Optical Paddle: Port Status LEDs (Two LEDs per port, green and amber)
1-30
1-6 Element Manager Alert Symbols, Messages, and Status ....................... 1-32
2-1 Factory-Set Defaults Director ...................................................................... 2-2
2-2 Factory-Set Defaults (Connectrix Service Processor) ............................... 2-2
2-3 Installation Task Summary .......................................................................... 2-4
2-4 Factory-Set Defaults .................................................................................... 2-17
2-5 Operational States and Symbols ............................................................... 2-34
3-1 Factory-Set Defaults ...................................................................................... 3-4
3-2 Map Summary ............................................................................................... 3-4
3-3 Quick Start Troubleshooting ....................................................................... 3-6
3-4 Visual Indicators (LEDs) Verses Maintenance Action ............................. 3-7
3-5 SNMP Hardware Traps Verses Maintenance Action .............................. 3-8
3-6 Event Codes Verses Maintenance Action ............................................... 3-12
3-7 MAP 100 Event Codes ................................................................................ 3-22
3-8 MAP 200 Event Codes ................................................................................ 3-25
3-9 MAP 200: Byte 0 FRU Codes .................................................................... 3-25
3-10 MAP 300: Eror Messages ............................................................................ 3-30
3-11 MAP 400 Event Codes ................................................................................ 3-37
3-12 MAP 500 Event Codes ................................................................................ 3-40
3-13 Link Incident Messages .............................................................................. 3-41
3-14 Invalid Attachment Reasons and Actions ............................................... 3-42
3-15 Inactive Port Reasons and Actions ........................................................... 3-46
3-16 MAP 600: Event Codes ............................................................................... 3-52
3-17 E_Port Segmentation Reasons and Actions ............................................. 3-53
3-18 Bytes 8 through 11 Failure Reasons and Actions .................................... 3-58

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual xvii
 Tables

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
4-1 Factory-Set Defaults ...................................................................................... 4-2
5-1 Factory-Set Defaults ...................................................................................... 5-4
5-2 Concurrent FRUs with ESD Precautions ................................................... 5-6
6-1 Front-Accessible FRU Parts List .................................................................. 6-3
6-2 Rear-Accessible FRU Parts List ................................................................... 6-5

xviii Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Preface

As part of its effort to continuously improve and enhance the performance

and capabilities of the Connectrix product line, EMC periodically releases
new versions of hardware and software. Therefore, some functions described
in this manualmay not be supported by all versions of Connectrix hardware
currently in use.
If your Connectrix unit does not offer a function described in this manual,
please contact your EMC representative for a hardware or software update.

Audience This installation and service manual is part of the Connectrix

documentation set, and is intended for use by Customer Service
engineers during installation and setup of the product.
Readers of this guide are expected to be familiar with the following
topics:
◆ Connectrix operation
◆ Connectrix Manager operating environment
◆ ED-10000M

Organization Here is an overview of where information is located in this manual.

◆ Chapter 1, General Information, describes the maintenance
approach to director problem analysis and repair.
◆ Chapter 2, Installation Tasks, describes the tasks for installing,
configuring, and verifying the operation of the director and the
Connectrix Service Processor.
Chapter 3, Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS), describes
maintenance analysis procedures (MAPs) to fault isolate a
director problem to an individual FRU.

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual xix
Preface

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
◆ Chapter 4, Repair Information, describes supplementary diagnostic
and repair procedures for a failed director.
◆ Chapter 5, FRU Removal and Replacement, describes procedures to
remove and replace director FRUs.
◆ Chapter 6, Illustrated Parts Breakdown, illustrates, describes, and
shows the location of director FRUs. In addition, FRUs are
cross-referenced to corresponding part numbers.
◆ Appendix A, Messages, provides a list of user and error messages
that appear at the Connectrix Manager, ED-140M Product
Manager, and Fabric Manager applications at the Connectrix
Service Processor.
◆ Appendix A, Event Code Tables, provides an explanation of event
codes that appear at the Product Manager application.
◆ Appendix B, Director Specifications, lists the specifications for the
EWD-10000 Fibre Channel director.
Appendix C, Connectrix Service Processor and Ethernet Hub, this
appendix provides the management-server specifications and a
description of the ethernet hub.
◆ Appendix D, Restore Connectrix Service Processor, provides the
instructions to restore all required director applications to the
Connectrix Service Processor in case of a hard drive failure.
A Glossary of Connectrix related terms and an Index are also
provided.

Related Other EMC publications that provide additional information about

Documentation Connectrix are:
◆ Connectrix DS-16M/DS-32M Fibre Channel Switch Installation and
Service Manual, P/N 014003065-00
◆ Connectrix DS-xxM2 Fibre Channel Switch Installation and
Service Manual, P/N 300-000-931
◆ Connectrix Manager Version 8.7.1 User Guide, P/N 0300-001-472,
Rev A04
◆ Connectrix DS-16M Fibre Channel Switch User Guide,
P/N 069001080-02
◆ Connectrix DS-32M Fibre Channel Switch User Guide,
P/N 069001081-02

xx Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual

 Preface

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
◆ Connectrix ED-140M 2 Gbit Fibre Channel Director User Guide,
P/N 069001177
◆ Connectrix DS-32M2 Fibre Channel Switch User Guide,
P/N 069001176
◆ Connectrix DS-16M2 Fibre Channel Switch User Guide,
P/N 069001175
◆ Connectrix 2 Gb/s Enterprise Storage Network System Planning Guide,
P/N 069001174
◆ Connectrix Enterprise Director ED-10000M E/OS Command Line
Interface user Guide, P/N 300-002-401, Rev A02
◆ Connectrix Enterprise Director ED-10000M User Guide, P/N
300-002-400 Rev A01
◆ Connectrix Enterprise Director ED-10000M E/OSn SNMP Support
User Guide, P/N 300-002-402, Rev A02

Conventions Used in EMC uses the following conventions for notes, cautions, warnings,
this Guide and danger notices.

A note presents information that is important, but not hazard-related.

! CAUTION
A caution contains information essential to avoid data loss or
damage to the system or equipment. The caution may apply to
hardware or software.

WARNING
A warning contains information essential to avoid a hazard that can
cause severe personal injury, death, or substantial property damage
if you ignore the warning.

DANGER
A danger notice contains information essential to avoid a hazard
that will cause severe personal injury, death, or substantial property
damage if you ignore the warning.

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual xxi
Preface

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
EMC uses the following type style conventions in this guide:

Palatino, ◆ Dialog box, button, icon, and menu items in text

bold ◆ Selections you can make from the user interface,
including buttons, icons, options, and field
names

Palatino, ◆ New terms or unique word usage in text

italic ◆ Command line arguments when used in text
◆ Book titles
Courier, Arguments used in examples of command line
italic syntax.
Courier System prompts and displays and specific
filenames or complete paths. For example:
working root directory [/user/emc]:

c:\Program Files\EMC\Symapi\db

Courier, User entry. For example:

bold
symmpoll -p

Abbreviations for Units of Measure

Abbreviation Definition

A or Amp ampere

b bit

B byte

b/s bits per second

B/s bytes per second

Btu British thermal units

cm centimeters

ft foot

Gb gigabits

GB gigabytes

GHz gigahertz

xxii Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Preface

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Abbreviation Definition

Hz hertz

hr hours

in. inches

Kb kilobits

Kb/s kilobits per second

KB kilobytes

KB/s kilobytes per second

kg kilograms

KHz kilohertz

km kilometers

kV kilovolt

kW kilowatt

kWh Kilowatt-hour

Mb megabits

MB megabyte

MB/s megabytes per second

MHz megahertz

m meter

mm millimeter

ms millisecond

lbs pounds

ns nanosecond

s second

sq square

Sq. in. square inch

Sq. ft. square foot

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual xxiii
Preface

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Abbreviation Definition

V volt

vol volume

W watt

Where to Get Help Obtain technical support by calling your local sales office.
For service, call:
United States: (800) 782-4362 (SVC-4EMC)
Canada: (800) 543-4782 (543-4SVC)
Worldwide: 1 (508) 497-7901

and ask for Customer Support.

Sales and Customer For the list of EMC sales locations, please access the EMC home page
Service Contacts at:
http://www.EMC.com/contact/
For additional information on the EMC products and services
available to customers and partners, refer to the EMC Powerlink Web
site at:
http://powerlink.EMC.com

Your Comments Your suggestions will help us continue to improve the accuracy,
organization, and overall quality of the user publications. Please send
a message to [email protected] with your opinions of
this guide.

xxiv Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Warnings and
Cautions

The following warnings and cautions pertain throughout this guide.

WARNING Trained service personnel only.

This EMC product has more than one power supply cord. To reduce
the risk of electric shock, disconnect all power supply cords before
servicing.
Ground circuit continuity is vital for safe operation of the machine.
Never operate the machine with grounding conductors disconnected.
Remember to reconnect any grounding conductors removed for or
during any installation procedure.

ATTENTION Resérvé au personnel autorisé.

Cet appareil EMC comporte plus d'un cordon d'alimentation. Afin de
prévenir les chocs électriques, débranchez tous les cordons
d'alimentation avant de faire le dépannage.
Un circuit de terre continu est essentiel en vue du fonctionnement
sécurisé de l'appareil. Ne mettez jamais l'appareil en marche lorsque
le conducteur de mise à la terre est débranché.

WARNUNG Nur für authorisiertes Fachpersonal.

Dieses EMC Produkt verfügt über mehrere elektrische
Netzanschlüsse. Zur Vermeidung eines elektrischen Schlages sind vor
Servicearbeiten an der Stromversorgung alle Netzanschlüsse zu
trennen.

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual xxv
Warnings and Cautions

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Kontinuierliche Erdung ist notwendig während der gesamten
Betriebsdauer des Gerätes. Es ist unzulässig das Gerät ohne Erdung
zu betreiben. Gerät muss geerdet werden, bevor es am Stromnetz
angeschlossen wird.

Additional Warnings Before attempting to service EMC hardware described in this

and Cautions document, observe the following additional Warnings and Cautions:

WARNING
The hardware enclosure contains no user-serviceable parts, so it
should not be moved or opened for any reason by untrained persons.
If the hardware needs to be relocated or repaired, only qualified
personnel familiar with safety procedures for electrical equipment
and EMC hardware should access components inside the unit or
move the unit.

WARNING
This product operates at high voltages. To protect against physical
harm, power off the system whenever possible while servicing.

WARNING
In case of fire or other emergency involving the EMC product, isolate
the product’s power and alert appropriate personnel.

! CAUTION
Trained personnel are advised to exercise great care at all times
when working on the EMC hardware.
Remember to:
◆ Remove rings, watches, or other jewelry and neckties before
you begin any procedures.
◆ Use caution near any moving part and any part that may start
unexpectedly such as fans, motors, solenoids, etc.
◆ Always use the correct tools for the job.
◆ Always use the correct replacement parts.
◆ Keep all paperwork, including incident reports, up to date,
complete, and accurate.

xxvi Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Warnings and Cautions

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Static Precautions EMC incorporates state-of-the-art technology in its designs, including
the use of LSI and VLSI components. These chips are very susceptible
to damage caused by static discharge and need to be handled
accordingly.

! CAUTION
Before handling printed circuit boards or other parts containing
LSI and/or VLSI components, observe the following precautions:
◆ Store all printed circuit boards in antistatic bags.
◆ Use a ground strap whenever you handle a printed circuit
board.
◆ Unless specifically designed for non-disruptive replacement,
never plug or unplug printed circuit boards with the power on.
Severe component damage may result.

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual xxvii
 Warnings and Cautions

EMC CONFIDENTIAL

xxviii Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 EMC CONFIDENTIAL

1
Invisible Body Tag

General Information

This chapter provides the following general information for the EMC
Connectrix director: ED-10000M
◆ Overview .............................................................................................1-2
◆ Director Description ..........................................................................1-3
◆ Field-Replaceable Units.....................................................................1-6
◆ FRU Location Numbering ..............................................................1-21
◆ Port Location, Addressing, and Numbering................................1-22
◆ Error-Detection, Reporting, and Serviceability Features ...........1-23
◆ Controls, Connectors, and Indicators............................................1-25
◆ Element Manager Status Indicators ..............................................1-32
◆ Tools and Test Equipment...............................................................1-34
◆ Fiber-optic cleaning kit—The kit contains tools and instructions to
clean fiber-optic cable, connectors, loopback plugs, and protective
plugs...................................................................................................1-36

General Information 1-1

 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Overview
The Connectrix ED-10000M director is a 256-port highly scalable,
partitionable product that provides dynamic switched connections
between Fibre Channel servers and devices in a SAN environment.
The director can be partitioned from one to four separate directors,
each with its own management and Fibre Channel services
subsystems. The ports can be configured to operate at 1, 2, or 10
gigabits per second (Gbps).
This chapter presents information and features of the director and its
management, including:
◆ Director description
◆ Field-replaceable units (FRUs)
◆ FRU location numbering
◆ Port location, addressing, and numbering
◆ Error detection, reporting, and serviceability features
◆ Controls, connectors, and indicators
◆ Element Manager status indicators
◆ Tools and test equipment
◆ Director management

1-2 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Director Description
The ED-10000M director (Figure 1-1) can be dynamically partitioned
from one to four separate directors, each with its own management
and Fibre Channel services subsystems. The director scales from 32 to
256 1 Gbps and 2 Gbps Fibre Channel ports. When configured for 10
Gbps, up to 32 ports can be configured. The director has a scalable
switching infrastructure.

Figure 1-1 ED-10000M Director

The combination of high port count and partitioning enables

enterprise datacenters to use the director for small and large SAN
fabrics. Fabrics built with the director require fewer inter-switch links
(ISLs). Large fabrics benefit from deterministic non-blocking
performance not possible with smaller switches interconnected with
ISLs. Smaller fabrics benefit from better resource utilization because
they do not have to be over-provisioned for future growth. Dynamic
partitioning enables additional fabric ports to be added to a partition
on demand, without interrupting traffic on the fabric to which ports
are being added.

Director Description 1-3

 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
The director comes with director-class reliability and performance
features including redundant switching modules, redundant control
processor (CTP) cards for traffic management, redundant power
supplies, and hot code load and activation for all CTP software. Most
of the director components are hot-swappable.
The director supports the EMC non-blocking extendable open
network (EON™) architecture and concurrent firmware downloads
through hot code activation (HotCAT®) technology. Up to two
directors can be configured to order in an EMC-supplied EC-1500™
equipment cabinet, thus providing up to 512 ports in a single cabinet.
The director can be managed through a rack-mount Connectrix
Service Processor running a Java™-based Connectrix Manager
application (Connectrix Manager) and the graphical user interface
(GUI) -based ED-10000M Element Manager application.
Multiple directors and the Connectrix Service Processor
communicate on a local area network (LAN) through one or more
10/100 Base-T Ethernet hubs. One or more 24-port Ethernet hubs are
optional and can be ordered with the director. Up to three hubs can
be connected in a star, or a hub and spoke configuration, to provide
additional Ethernet connections as more directors (or other EMC
managed products) are installed on a customer network.
In addition, the director can be managed through a Command Line
Interface (CLI) through a Telnet session. Third-party applications
based on the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) can
interface with the fabric for monitoring and management.

1-4 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Director Management
The director is managed and controlled through a:
◆ A Connectrix Service Processor running the Connectrix Manager
application provides a central point of control for up to 28
directors or managed products. See Appendix C, Management
Server and Ethernet Hub for descriptions of the Connectrix Service
Processor and the optional Ethernet hub.
◆ The Connectrix Service Processor is delivered with a server and
client Connectrix Manager application and the EMC ED-10000M
Element Manager application. A customer-supplied PC or
workstation (with client applications installed) communicates
with the server through a corporate intranet. Refer to the
Connectrix Enterprise Director ED-10000M User Guide, P/N
300-002-400, Rev A01.
◆ Command line interface (CLI). The CLI allows access many
Connectrix Manager functions while entering commands during
a Telnet session with the director. The CLI automates the
management of a large number of directors using scripts.
◆ The CLI runs on a customer-supplied PC platform with a Telnet
connection to the director. The CLI allows service personnel to
perform configuration tasks, view system alerts and related log
information, and monitor director status, port status, and
performance. Refer to the Connectrix Enterprise Director
ED-10000M E/OSn Command Line Interface Guide, P/N 300-002-401,
Rev A02.
◆ Simple network management protocol (SNMP). An SNMP agent
is implemented through the Connectrix Manager application that
allows administrators on SNMP management workstations to
access director management information using any standard
network management tool. Administrators can assign internet
protocol (IP) addresses and corresponding community names for
SNMP workstations functioning as SNMP trap message
recipients. Refer to the Connectrix Enterprise Director ED-10000M
E/OSn SNMP Support User Guide, P/N 300-002-402, Rev A02.

Director Management 1-5

 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Field-Replaceable Units
The director provides a modular design that enables quick removal
and replacement of FRUs. This section describes the director FRUs.
Director FRUs accessed from the front (Figure 1-2) include the:
◆ Control processor (CTP) cards
◆ Line modules (LIMs)
◆ 1 or 2 Gbps optical paddles (OTPS)
◆ 10 Gbps optical paddles (OTPX)
◆ 1 or 2 Gbps small form-factor pluggable (SFP) transceivers
◆ 10 Gbps form-factor pluggable (XFP) transceivers
◆ Front fan trays (FTF/FBF)
◆ Cable trays
◆ Optical paddle and LIM filler panels
Director FRUs accessed from the rear (Figure 1-3) include the:
◆ Switching modules (SWMs)
◆ Rear fan trays (RTF/RBF)
◆ Power supplies (PS)
◆ AC power switch/breaker
◆ SWM filler panels

1-6 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 1-2 ED-10000M Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs), Front

Field-Replaceable Units 1-7

 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 1-3 ED-10000M Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs), Rear

Control Processor (CTP) Card

The CTP card (Figure 1-4 on page 1-9) provides system management,
service, and a central database.The CTP card is designed for
hot-swappable, warm-standby, and high availability (HA) purposes.
Features of the CTP card include:
◆ System boot up
◆ System diagnostics
◆ Console functions
The CTP card functions in one of the following roles:
◆ Active—The active (or master) CTP is in control of the system and
only one CTP can be active.
◆ Standby—The standby (or backup) CTP is not in control of the
system, but can take over for the active CTP should the active
CTP fail.

1-8 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
◆ Standalone—The standalone CTP is not an active or a standby
CTP. The operation of the standalone CTP should not affect
normal operation.
◆ Out of Service—A CTP is out-of-service because some event
prevents it from assuming any role. For example, a POST fails.
Manual intervention is required to change from out-of-service to
another state.

Figure 1-4 Control Processor (CTP) Card

The director is delivered with two CTP cards. The active CTP card
initializes and configures the director after power on and contains the
microprocessor and associated logic that coordinate director
operation. The backup CTP card takes over operation if the active
CTP card fails. Failover from a faulty CTP card to the backup CTP
card is transparent to attached devices.

Field-Replaceable Units 1-9

 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Each CTP card also provides a 10/100 megabit per second (Mbps)
RJ-45 twisted pair connector on the faceplate that attaches to an
Ethernet local area network (LAN) to communicate with the
Connectrix Service Processor, simple network management protocol
(SNMP) management station, or CLI application.
Each CTP card provides system services processor (SSP) and
embedded port (EP) subsystems. The SSP subsystem runs director
applications and the underlying operating system, communicates
with director ports, and controls the 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port. The
EP subsystem provides Class F and exception frame processing, and
manages frame transmission to and from the switching module
(SWM). In addition, a CTP card provides nonvolatile memory for
storing firmware, director configuration information, persistent
operating parameters, and memory dump files. Director firmware is
upgraded concurrently (without disrupting operation) on dual CTP
systems.
Each CTP card faceplate contains two bi-color (green/amber) LEDs,
STATE and ROLE. See Figure 1-19 on page 1-26, Table 1-3 on page 1-28 ,
and Table 1-4 on page 1-29 for their description and usage.

Line Module (LIM)

The LIM (Figure 1-5 on page 1-11) is part of the main input/output
(I/O) module. Each I/O module consists of the optical I/O interface
(optical paddle) and the LIM, which connects to the midplane. The
optical paddles and LIMs are hot-swappable.
The LIM card faceplate contains:
◆ Interfaces for attaching up to four optical paddles.
◆ A bi-color (green/amber) STATE LED. See Figure 1-19 and Table
1-3 for its role and usage.

1-10 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 1-5 Line Module (LIM) with Sample Optical Paddles

Optical Paddle
Two types of optical paddles are available, a 1 or 2 Gbps optical
paddle, OTPS, (Figure 1-6) and a 10 Gbps optical paddle, OTPX,
(Figure 1-7). The paddles are hot-swappable and consist of an optical
module interface, PHY interface, and high-speed universal connector.
A small controller drives LEDs on the paddle and provides the
control lines for the Serdes.
The supported optical modules are:
◆ Optical paddle, 1 or 2 Gbps (OTPS) — Small Form-factor
Pluggable (SFP), 1G/2G-FC
◆ Optical paddle, 10 Gbps (OTPX) — 10 Gbps Form-factor
Pluggable (XFP)

Field-Replaceable Units 1-11

 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Each port on the optical paddle has two LEDs, green and amber. See
Table 1-5 for their roles and usage.

Figure 1-6 Optical Paddle, 1 or 2 Gbps (OTPS)

1-12 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 1-7 Optical Paddle, 10 Gbps (OTPX)

SFP and XFP Transceivers

Singlemode or multimode fiber-optic cables attach to director ports
through 1 or 2 Gbps small form-factor pluggable (SFP, Figure 1-8) or
10 Gbps form-factor pluggable (XFP, Figure 1-9) optic transceivers.
The fiber-optic transceivers provide duplex LC® connectors and can
be detached from director ports for easy replacement.

SFP and XFP transceivers are not interchangeable.

These fiber-optic transceiver types are available:

◆ Shortwave laser, SFP, 1.0625 or 2.125 Gbps
◆ Shortwave laser, XFP, 10.625 Gbps
◆ Longwave laser, SFP, 1.0625 or 2.125 Gbps
◆ Longwave laser, XFP, 10.625 Gbps

Field-Replaceable Units 1-13

 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 1-8 Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP) transceiver

Figure 1-9 Ten Gbps Form-Factor Pluggable (XFP) Transceiver

Switching Module (SWM)

The SWM (Figure 1-10 on page 1-15) is hot-swappable and provides
the switching function to the midplane. All midplane traces are
high-speed differential traces. Four SWMs can support 256 ports with
2 Gbps SFPs at their full line rate.

1-14 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
The director is delivered with up to four SWMs. All SWMs are
normally active and provide parallel incremental bandwidth to frame
traffic across the midplane.
The SWMs are responsible for Fibre Channel frame transmission
from any director port to any other director port. Connections are
established without software intervention. The assembly accepts a
connection request from a port, determines if a connection can be
established, and establishes the connection if the destination port is
available. If any SWM fails, the remaining SWMs stay in service and
provide connectivity and data frame transmission without
interruption.
Each SWM contains a bi-color (green/amber) STATE LED. See
Figure 1-20 on page 1-27 and Table 1-3 on page 1-28 for its role and
usage.

Figure 1-10 Switching Module (SWM)

Field-Replaceable Units 1-15

 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Power Supply
Redundant, load-sharing power supplies (Figure 1-11) step down
and rectify facility input power to provide 48-volt direct current
(VDC) power to director FRUs. The power supplies also provide
overvoltage and overcurrent protection. All power supplies are hot
swappable.
The power supplies are input rated at 180 to 264 volts alternating
current (VAC). The faceplate of each power supply has three
green/amber LEDs, AC OK, DC OK, and FAULT. These LEDs illuminate
green when the power supply is operational or amber if the power
supply requires service.

Figure 1-11 Power Supply

AC Power Switch/Breaker
The AC power switch/breaker (Figure 1-12 on page 1-17) controls
AC power distribution to the power tray and power supplies. The
breaker is manually turned ON or OFF, or is automatically tripped by
an internal over-current condition. The power switch is
hot-swappable, and the director does not need to be powered-off for
its replacement.

The AC Power Switch/Breaker is not a normal FRU item and should never
need to be replaced.

1-16 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 1-12 AC Power Switch/Breaker

Fan Tray
The cooling system has four hot-swappable fan trays: two at the front
of the chassis (Figure 1-13 on page 1-18) and two at the rear of the
chassis (Figure 1-14 on page 1-18). The front fan trays have nine fans
each and the rear fan trays have six fans each.

The front fans are interchangeable (with each other) and the rear fans
are interchangeable (with each other).

A fan tray is hot-swappable, provided the fan tray is replaced within

ten minutes. A green/amber LED on each fan tray illuminates green
when the fan is operational or amber if the fan needs service.

Field-Replaceable Units 1-17

 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 1-13 Front Fan Tray (FTF/FBF)

Figure 1-14 Rear Fan Tray (RTF/RBF)

1-18 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Filler Panels
Filler panels (Figure 1-15) are available to occupy unpopulated
(blank) positions for optical paddles, LIMs, or SWMs. Filler panels
should always be used to cover the unpopulated positions. The
panels are hot-swappable.

Figure 1-15 Filler Panel (LIM Filler Panel Shown)

Field-Replaceable Units 1-19

 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Cable Trays
The director has cable trays at the top and bottom on the front of the
chassis (Figure 1-16). These cable trays allow cables to be routed
along the sides of the modules.

Figure 1-16 Cable Trays

1-20 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
FRU Location Numbering
The FRUs are located by FRU type and chassis position. The locations
are 0-based. The numbering sequence increments from right to left,
and from bottom to top, with 0 at the bottom right (Figure 1-17):
◆ CTPs: location 0 or 1
◆ LIMs: location 0 through 7
◆ SWMs: location 0 through 3
◆ Power supplies: location 0 through 3
◆ Fan trays: labeled front top fan or front bottom fan (FTF/FBF) or
rear top fan or rear bottom fan (RTF/RBF)
◆ Optical paddles: location 0/0 (lower right) through 0/3 (upper
right) through 1/0 (lower left) through 1/3 (upper left)

Figure 1-17 FRU Locations and Numbering

FRU Location Numbering 1-21

 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Port Location, Addressing, and Numbering
The ports are numbered from right to left, and from bottom to top,
with 0 at the bottom right (Figure 1-18). The port number is the same
as the port address. Port numbers (and addresses) range from 0 to
255.
Port locators are the physical location of the port. In the example
shown in Figure 1-18, the port number and port address are 4, but the
port locator is 0/0/4 because the port is located in slot (LIM) location
0, optical paddle location 0, and port location 4.

Figure 1-18 Port Numbering and Addressing

1-22 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Error-Detection, Reporting, and Serviceability Features
The director provides the following error detection, reporting, and
serviceability features:
◆ Light-emitting diodes (LEDs) on the director and FRUs that
provide visual indicators of hardware status or malfunctions
(Controls, Connectors, and Indicators on page 1-25).
◆ System alerts and logs that display director, Ethernet link, and
Fibre Channel link status at the Connectrix Service Processor
(running the Element Manager application), client
communicating with the Connectrix Service Processor, or CLI
(Element Manager Status Indicators on page 1-32).
◆ Redundant FRUs (logic cards, power supplies, and cooling fans)
that are removed or replaced without disrupting director or Fibre
Channel link operation.
◆ Diagnostic software that performs power-on self-tests (POSTs)
and port diagnostics.
◆ Data collection through the Element Manager application to help
isolate system problems. The data includes a memory dump file
and audit, hardware, and engineering logs.
◆ Beaconing to assist service personnel in locating a specific port,
FRU, or director in a multiswitch environment.
◆ An external modem on the Connectrix Service Processor so that
support personnel can dial-in to the Connectrix Service Processor
for event notification and to perform remote diagnostics.
◆ Automatic notification of significant system events (to support
personnel or administrators) through e-mail messages or the
call-home feature.

The call-home feature is not available through the CLI. The call-home
feature may not be available if the Connectrix Manager Lite application is
installed on a customer-supplied platform.

◆ LIMs and optical paddles can be added or replaced without

interrupting other ports or director operation.
◆ SNMP management using the Fibre Alliance MIB, version 4.0.
The version number is not user settable. The proprietary MIB
interface is exhaustive and supports configurability of all features
of the director, in combination with the standard MIBs.

Error-Detection, Reporting, and Serviceability Features 1-23

 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Management workstations can be configured through the
Element Manager application or CLI to receive unsolicited SNMP
trap messages. The trap messages indicate operational state
changes and failure conditions.

1-24 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Controls, Connectors, and Indicators
The controls, connectors, and indicators for the director (Figure 1-19
on page 1-26) and Figure 1-20 on page 1-27) include the:
◆ Green POWER and amber SYSTEM ERROR light-emitting diodes
(LEDs) on director bezel
◆ Green/amber STATE LEDs on the logic cards (CTP card, LIM,
and SWM)
◆ Green/amber ROLE LED on the CTP card
◆ Green and amber port status LEDs on optical paddles
◆ Green/amber AC OK, DC OK, and FAULT LEDs on power supplies
◆ Green/amber LED on fan trays
◆ Ethernet LAN connector on CTP card
◆ RESET button on CTP card

Controls, Connectors, and Indicators 1-25

 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 1-19 Controls, Connectors, and Indicators (Front)

1-26 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 1-20 Controls, Connectors, and Indicators (Rear)

Bezel: Power and System Error LEDs

The POWER LED illuminates when the director is powered-on and
operational. If the LED extinguishes, a facility power source, power
cord, or power distribution failure is indicated. If the LED blinks, the
director is starting or going through diagnostics (Table 1-1).

Table 1-1 Bezel: Power LED (Green)

Power LED, Green

On Off Blinking

Director is powered on. Director is powered off. Director is going through

diagnostics or is starting.

Controls, Connectors, and Indicators 1-27

 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
The SYSTEM ERROR LED illuminates when the director detects an
event requiring immediate attention, such as a FRU failure, and
blinks when beaconing is set. During normal operation, the LED is
extinguished (Table 1-2).

Table 1-2 Bezel: System Error LED (Amber)

System Error LED, Amber

On Off Blinking

Director is operational, but Director is fully operational. Director is set to beacon

a FRU has failed or a mode.
system error has
occurred. Condition (LED
on) survives a system
restart and is cleared only
with a user command.

Logic Card (CTP, LIM, and SWM): STATE LED

A single green/amber STATE LED is associated with the logic cards
(CTP, LIM, and SWM). This LED provides information about the card
operational state as listed in Table 1-3.

Slow blinking = 0.5 second on and 0.5 second off. Fast blinking = 0.125 second
on and 0.125 second off.

Table 1-3 Logic Card (CTP, LIM, SWM): STATE LED

(Bi-color, green/amber)

Logic Card, STATE LED Green

On Off

On N/A N/A

Online. Card is operational. Powered off. Card is powered

Off off.

N/A Failed/degraded. Card has

Fast failed or become degraded.
Amber Blinking Service required.

N/A Default or diagnostics, Card

Slow powering on or set to beacon
Blinking mode.

1-28 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
CTP Card: ROLE LED
A single green/amber ROLE LED is associated with the CTP card.
This LED provides information about the card role as listed in Table
1-4.

Slow blinking = 0.5 second on and 0.5 second off. Fast blinking = 0.125 second
on and 0.125 second off.

Table 1-4 CTP Card: ROLE LED (Bi-color,

green/amber)

CTP Card, ROLE LED Green

On Off Slow Blinking

On N/A N/A N/A

Active. This is Standby ready. This Standby

master CTP and is standby CTP and syncing/Standalone
is active. is ready. /Starting. This is
standby CTP and is
syncing, in
standalone mode,
Amber Off or is starting.

N/A Out-of-service. This N/A

Fast is standby CTP and
Blinking out-of-service.

Optical Paddle: Port Status LEDs

Green and amber LEDs illuminate, extinguish, or blink to indicate
port status as listed in Table 1-5 on page 1-30.

Controls, Connectors, and Indicators 1-29

 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Table 1-5 Optical Paddle: Port Status LEDs (Two LEDs

per port, green and amber)

Port LEDs Green

On Off Blinking

N/A Failed. Port has N/A

failed. Service
On required.

Idle. Port is Operational. Port is Active. Port is

operational and operational but not actively exchanging
is active with communicating with frames.
attached node attached mode
(exchanging (offline, no cable, no
idles, but not light, loss of sync,
necessarily etc.).
logged-in to the
Amber Off switch).

Beaconing. Port Beaconing. Port is Beaconing and

set to beacon set to beacon active. Port is set to
mode and is mode. beacon mode and is
active with actively exchanging
attached node frames.
(exchanging
idles, but not
necessarily
logged-in to the
Blinking switch).

Power Supply: LEDs

The faceplate of each power supply has three green/amber LEDs, AC
OK, DC OK, and FAULT. These LEDs illuminate green when the power
supply is operational or amber if the power supply requires service.

Fan Tray: LED

The faceplate of each fan tray has one green/amber LED. The LED
illuminates green when the fan tray is operational or amber if the fan
tray requires service.

1-30 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
CTP Card: Ethernet LAN Connector
The front panel of the CTP cards provide a 10/100 megabit per
second (Mbps) RJ-45 twisted-pair connector that attaches to an
Ethernet LAN to provide communication with the Connectrix Service
Processor or a simple network management protocol (SNMP)
management workstation.

CTP Card: Reset Button

! CAUTION
A reset should be performed only if a CTP card failure is indicated.

A RESET button is flush mounted on the faceplate of the CTP cards.

When the button is pressed and held, the director performs a reset. A
reset is disruptive and:
◆ Resets the microprocessor and functional logic for the CTP card
and reloads the firmware from FLASH memory.
◆ Resets the ethernet LAN interface, causing the connection to the
Connectrix Service Processor to drop momentarily until the
connection automatically recovers.
◆ Resets the ports, causing all Fibre Channel connections to drop
momentarily until the connections automatically recover. This
causes attached devices to log out and log back in, therefore data
frames lost during director reset must be retransmitted.

Controls, Connectors, and Indicators 1-31

 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Element Manager Status Indicators
In addition to the visual indicators on the director chassis, the
Element Manager application presents alert symbols and messages
that describe the condition of the director and its FRUs. These alert
symbols, messages, and a description are summarized in Table 1-6.

Table 1-6 Element Manager Alert Symbols, Messages, and Status

Symbol Message Description

Fully operational All components and installed ports are operational.

System includes at least one functional CTP, one
functional SWM, four functional fan trays, and four
functional power supplies.

Redundant failure A redundant component (CTP card, SWM, fan tray or

power supply) has failed, and the backup component
has taken over.

Minor failure A failure has occurred that has decreased the

director operational capability, but has not affected
normal switching operations.
o One or line modules (LIMs) or optical paddles
(OTPS or OTPX) has failed, but at least one paddle
is operational.
o One or more fan trays (FTF/FBF, RTF/RBF) has
failed, but at least one fan tray is operational.
o One or more power supplies (PS) has failed.

Major failure Three of the four power supplies (PS) have failed.

1-32 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Table 1-6 Element Manager Alert Symbols, Messages, and Status

Symbol Message Description

Loading firmware The system is busy loading new firmware, but the
system is otherwise operational.

Not operational A critical failure has occurred that prevents the

director from performing fundamental switching
operations.
o All switch modules (SWMs) have failed.
o All line modules (LIMs) or all optical paddles
(OTPS or OTPX) have failed.
o All fan trays (both FTF/FBF and both RTF/RBF)
have failed.

o Link time-out Director status is unknown. Occurs is network

o Protocol connection between the Connectrix Service
mismatch Processor and the director is lost, or if a CTP card
o Never connected fails and there is no operational backup, or if there is
no system power.

Element Manager Status Indicators 1-33

 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Tools and Test Equipment
This section describes tools and test equipment that may be required
to test, service, and verify operation of the director and attached
Connectrix Service Processor. These tools are either supplied with the
director or must be supplied by service personnel.

Tools Supplied with the Director

The following tools are supplied with the director. Use of the tools
may be required to perform installation, test, service, or verification
tasks.
◆ Torque tool with hexagonal adapter—The torque tool with
5/32-inch hexagonal adapter (Figure 1-21) is required to remove
and replace director logic cards.

! CAUTION
The torque tool supplied with the director is designed to tighten
logic cards and is set to release at a torque value of six inch-pounds.
Do not use an Allen wrench or torque tool designed for use with
another product. Use of the wrong tool may overtighten and
damage logic cards.

Figure 1-21 Torque Tool and Hex Adapter

◆ Loopback plug—An (Figure 1-22) loopback plug is required to

perform port loopback diagnostic tests. Loopback plugs are
shipped with the director, depending on the type of port
transceivers installed.

1-34 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 1-22 Loopback Plug

◆ Fiber-optic protective plug—For safety and port transceiver

protection, fiber-optic protective plugs (Figure 1-23) must be
inserted in all director ports without fiber-optic cables attached.
The director is shipped with protective plugs installed in all ports.

Figure 1-23 Fiber-Optic Protective Plug

◆ Null modem cable—An asynchronous RS-232 null modem cable

(Figure 1-24 on page 1-35) is required to configure director
network addresses and acquire event log information through the
serial port of the active CTP card. The cable has nine conductors
and DB-9 female connectors.

Figure 1-24 Null Modem Cable

Tools Supplied by The following tools are expected to be supplied by service personnel
Service Personnel performing director installation or maintenance actions. Use of the
tools may be required to perform one or more test, service, or
verification tasks.
◆ Scissors or pocket knife—A sharp cutting edge (scissors or knife
blade) may be required to cut the protective strapping when
unpacking replacement FRUs.

Tools and Test Equipment 1-35

 General Information
1
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
◆ Standard flat-tip and cross-tip (Phillips) screwdrivers —
Screwdrivers are required to remove, replace, adjust or tighten
various FRUs, chassis, or cabinet components.
◆ T10 Torx® tool—The tool is required to rack-mount the director
or to remove, replace, adjust or tighten various chassis or cabinet
components.
◆ Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding cable with attached
wrist strap—Use the ESD wrist strap when working with the
director FRUs, including the director optics (SFP and XFP).
◆ Fiber-optic cleaning kit—The kit contains tools and instructions
to clean fiber-optic cable, connectors, loopback plugs, and
protective plugs.

1-36 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 EMC CONFIDENTIAL

2
Invisible Body Tag

Installation Tasks

This chapter describes tasks to install, configure, and verify operation

of the ED-10000M director and Connectrix Server. The director is
delivered mounted in an EMC-supplied EC-1200 or EC-1500
equipment cabinet, or delivered stand-alone to be mounted in any
standard 19-inch equipment rack.
◆ Overview .............................................................................................2-2
◆ Installation Task Summary ...............................................................2-4
◆ Task 1: Verify Installation Requirements ........................................2-6
◆ Task 2: Viewing the Ethernet Hub ...................................................2-7
◆ Task 3: Unpack, Inspect, and Install the Director ..........................2-9
◆ Task 4: Configure Director Network Information (Optional)....2-17
◆ Task 5: Configuring the Connectrix Service Processor ...............2-21
◆ Task 6: Configure Connectrix Service Processor Information ...2-22
◆ Task 7: Configure Windows Operating System Users................2-26
◆ Task 8: Set Connectrix Service Processor Date and Time ...........2-29
◆ Task 9: Assign User Names and Passwords.................................2-31
◆ Task 10: Configure the ED-10000M Director to the Management
Application.............................................................................................. 2-33
◆ Task 11: Verify Director-to-Server Communication ....................2-34
◆ Task 12: Configure Feature Key (Optional) ..................................2-35
◆ Task 13: Set Director Date and Time..............................................2-37
◆ Task 14: Configure the Element Manager Application...............2-39
◆ Task 15: Back Up Configuration Data ...........................................2-53
◆ Task 16: Insert Optical Paddles and Cable Fibre Channel Ports2-55
◆ Task 17: Configure Zoning (Optional) ..........................................2-56
◆ Task 18: Connect Director to a Fabric Element (Optional) .........2-57

Installation Tasks 2-1

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Overview
This chapter describes tasks to install, configure, and verify operation
of the ED-10000M Director using a storage area network (SAN)
management application. The director can be installed in a EMC
equipment cabinet, in any standard 19-in equipment rack, or
mounted on a table top.

Factory Defaults Table 2-1 lists factory-set defaults for the director.

Table 2-1 Factory-Set Defaults Director

Item Default

Customer-level Log In (maintenance port access) Administrator

Customer-level password (maintenance port access) password

Maintenance-level Log In (maintenance port access) McdataSE

Maintenance-level password (maintenance port access) redips

IP addressa 10.1.1.10

Subnet mask 255.0.0.0

Gateway address 0.0.0.0

a.IP address is the preinstalled IP address but may not correct for
your director. Consult your EMC Customer Service Representative
for precise information about the IP address.

Table 2-2 lists factory-set defaults for the rack-mount Connectrix

Service Processor (running a Connectrix Manager application).

Table 2-2 Factory-Set Defaults (Connectrix Service Processor)

Item Default

Liquid crystal display (LCD) front panel 9999

Windows operating system user name (case sensitive) Administrator

Windows operating system password (case sensitive) password

Connectrix Manager application user name (case sensitive) Administrator

Connectrix Manager application password (case sensitive) password

2-2 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Table 2-2 Factory-Set Defaults (Connectrix Service Processor)

Item Default

LAN 1 (public interface) IP address 192.168.0.1

Subnet mask 255.0.0.0

Gateway address 0.0.0.0

LAN 2 (private interface) IP address 10.1.1.1

Subnet mask 255.0.0.0

Gateway address 0.0.0.0

Overview 2-3
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Installation Task Summary
Table 2-3 summarizes the installation tasks for the director, optional
Connectrix Service Processor, and optional Ethernet hub. The table
describes each task, states if the task is optional, and lists the page
reference.

Table 2-3 Installation Task Summary

Task Number and Description Required or Optional Page

Task 1: Verify Installation Requirements Required. 2-6

Task 2: Viewing the Ethernet Hub Optional - perform task if hub is required to connect 2-7
director and management interface.

Task 3: Unpack, Inspect, and Install the Director Required. 2-9

Task 4: Configure Director Network Information (Optional) Configure if connecting multiple directors or connecting 2-17
director and Connectrix Service Processor to a public
LAN.

Task 5: Configuring the Connectrix Service Processor Required if Connectrix Service Processor is used. 2-21

The Connectrix Service Processor and related applications Required if Connectrix Service Processor is used. 2-21
provide a GUI to monitor and manage EMC products, and
are a dedicated hardware and software solution that should
not be used for other tasks. EMC tests the Connectrix
Manager application installed on the Connectrix Service
Processor, but does not compatibility test other third-party
software. Modifications to the Connectrix Service Processor
hardware or installation of additional software (including
patches or service packs) may interfere with normal
operation.

Task 6: Configure Connectrix Service Processor Information Required if Connectrix Service Processor is used. 2-22

Task 7: Configure Windows Operating System Users Required if Connectrix Service Processor is used. 2-26

Task 8: Set Connectrix Service Processor Date and Time Required if Connectrix Service Processor is used. 2-29

Task 9: Assign User Names and Passwords Optional - configure if specified by customer and 2-31
telephone connection is provided.

Task 9: Assign User Names and Passwords Required if Connectrix Service Processor is used. 2-31

Task 10: Configure the ED-10000M Director to the Required if Connectrix Service Processor is used. 2-33
Management Application

2-4 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Table 2-3 Installation Task Summary

Task Number and Description Required or Optional Page

Task 11: Verify Director-to-Server Communication Required if Connectrix Service Processor is used. 2-34

Task 12: Configure Feature Key (Optional) Optional - configure if product feature enablement (PFE) 2-35
key is ordered.

Task 13: Set Director Date and Time Optional - configure for open-systems host control of 2-37
director.

Task 13: Set Director Date and Time Required if Connectrix Service Processor is used. 2-37

Task 14: Configure the Element Manager Application Required if Connectrix Service Processor is used. 2-39

Task 15: Back Up Configuration Data Required if Connectrix Service Processor is used. 2-53

Task 16: Insert Optical Paddles and Cable Fibre Channel Required. 2-55
Ports

Task 17: Configure Zoning (Optional) Optional - perform task to configure zoning. 2-56

Task 18: Connect Director to a Fabric Element (Optional) Optional - perform task to connect director to a Fibre 2-57
channel fabric.

Ensure the Link Incident field displays None, the Required. 2-57
Operational State field displays Online, and the
Reason field displays N/A or is blank. If an ISL
segmentation or other problem is indicated, go to Chapter 3,
Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS), to isolate the
problem. If no problems are indicated, installation tasks are
complete.

Installation Task Summary 2-5

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Task 1: Verify Installation Requirements
Verify that the following requirements are met prior to director and
management interface installation. Ensure:
◆ A site plan is prepared, configuration planning tasks are
complete, planning considerations are evaluated, and related
planning checklists are complete.
◆ Fibre Channel SAN design is complete.
◆ Support is available for a rack-mount Connectrix Service
Processor or browser-capable PC and LAN segment connectivity
to support operation of Connectrix Manager and Element
Manager applications.
◆ Support equipment and technical personnel are available for the
installation.
◆ The required number and type of fiber-optic jumper cables are
delivered and available. Ensure cables are the correct length and
have the required connectors.
◆ Remote workstations or simple network management protocol
(SNMP) workstations are available (optional). Workstations are
connected through a public or dedicated LAN segment.

2-6 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Task 2: Viewing the Ethernet Hub
The director is managed through a 10/100 megabit per second
(Mbps) LAN connection to a Connectrix Service Processor.
Connectivity may require installation of a 24-port Ethernet hub. A
combination of up to 48 products can be configured and managed on
one network, therefore multiple, hubs, connected in a star or hub and
spoke configuration, may be required to provide sufficient port
connections.
Follow the instructions in Task 3: Unpack, Inspect, and Install the
Director below to unpack, inspect, and install the Ethernet hub.
However, a single Connectrix Service Processor running the
Connectrix Manager application can only provide a central point of
control for up to 28 directors or managed products.
An Ethernet hub comes pre-installed in every EC-1500 cabinet. The
only time you have to perform any tasks on the hub is when adding
switches and/or directors to the cabinet and/or when connecting
multiple cabinets together.
When connecting hubs together an appropriate length of 100 Base-T
Cat 5 Ethernet cable will have to be run from one cabinet to another
cabinet. The maximum distance between hubs cannot exceed 100m
(328 ft).
On the EC-1500 cabinets, ports 1-12 + port 23 will already have
Ethernet cables attached to them. Run a length of cable from an
available port, except port 24, to the other hub. When connecting the
other end to the other hub, connect it to port 24 and set the MDI
switch to the "In" position. Alternatively, a "cross-over" Ethernet cable
can be used to connect the hubs together.
Multiple hubs can be connected in a star, or hub and spoke
configuration, with the central/main hub being the one in which the
service processor is located. This is done so that no managed switch is
more than two hubs away from the controlling service processor.
When connecting multiple cabinets please be aware that even though
the network can support 48 switches and/or directors Connectrix
Manager can only provide a central point of control for up to 28.
When designing highly available Enterprise Storage Networks it
would be best to distribute the workload and management of
directors/switches/fabrics across multiple service processors.

Task 2: Viewing the Ethernet Hub 2-7

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
In addition to the above the limitations of IEEE 802.3 100 Mbps spec
should be considered before attempting to connect 48
switches/directors. Ethernet communication via hubs is not the most
efficient means, and, if traffic gets heavy, performance can be severely
impacted. 48 DS-XXM switches would mean connecting 4 cabinets of
12 switches each, when trying to connect and manage 48 ED-140M's
that would mean 12 cabinets and the limitations of the 802.3 spec and
the physical logistics of the cabinets will not make this a viable
option.

2-8 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Task 3: Unpack, Inspect, and Install the Director
The following paragraphs provide instructions to unpack, inspect,
and install the director in a rack-mount configuration.

! CAUTION
Use safe lifting practices when moving the product.

Unpack and inspect the director.

1. Inspect shipping containers for damage. If a container is
damaged, ensure a freight carrier representative is present when
the container is opened. Unpack shipping container(s) and
inspect each item for damage. Ensure packaged items correspond
to items listed on the bill of materials.
2. If any items are damaged or missing, customers should contact
EMC Customer Service as soon as possible.

Installing the The following are the required steps to install a ED-10000M director
ED-10000M Director into the EC-1500 cabinet.

If you are installing only one director, place the director into the lower of the
two rack openings (Figure 2-3 on page 2-12).

To install the ED-10000M director into an EC-1500 cabinet, follow

these steps:
1. 1. Select the proper location in the EC-1500 cabinet for the
ED-10000M director(s) (Figure 2-3 on page 2-12).
2. 2. Install the Tinnerman nuts into the EC-1500 rack positions as
shown in Figure 2-3 on page 2-12 and Figure 2-2 on page 2-11.

There is a 2U gap in the EC-1500 due to the upside down placement of the
L-bracket. See Figure 2-1 on page 2-10 and Figure 2-2 on page 2-11.

Task 3: Unpack, Inspect, and Install the Director 2-9

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

2U gap due to upside

down placement of L-bracket

U18

U17

U16

U14

U11

U8

U6

U4

U3

U2
2U gap due to upside
down placement of L-bracket
U1

Figure 2-1 EC-1500 Rack Tinnerman Nut Locations – Front Lower Cabinet

2-10 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
U40

U34

U32

U29

U26

U24

U22

U20

U19
2U gap due to upside
placement of L-brack
U18

Figure 2-2 EC-1500 Rack Tinnerman Nut Locations – Front Upper Cabinet

For steps 3-7, refer to Figure 2-3 and Figure 2-4 on page 2-12.

3. Install L-Brackets (P/N 045-005-220) at appropriate location in

EC-1500 (Figure 2-3 on page 2-12).

The L-brackets are installed upside down in the EC-1500 cabinet. This creates
a 2U gap.

Task 3: Unpack, Inspect, and Install the Director 2-11

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Upside Down L-bracket Upside Down L-bracket

Figure 2-3 Placement of Upside Down L-Brackets

4. Install the left and right Front Mounting Brackets (P/N

045-005-214 & -215) to left & right front sides of ED-10000M
(Figure 2-4).
5. Install Rear Mounting Plates (P/N 045-005-277) to left & right rear
sides of ED-10000M (Figure 2-4).

Figure 2-4 Installing the Left and Right Rear Mounting Plates

2-12 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
! CAUTION
A fully populated director weighs 335 pounds (152 kilograms),
which exceeds the lifting capability of EMC's current manual
lift which has a maximum capacity of 250lbs. Therefore,
removing components from the director prior to lifting is
necessary in order to avoid damaging the unit and/or suffering
personal injury.

When removing components, follow electrostatic discharge

(ESD) procedures by connecting a grounding cable to the
director chassis and wearing an ESD wrist strap.

6. If the chassis has 8 line cards installed then two must be removed
along with the 4 power supplies and 4 fan FRU's before the unit is
installed. If the unit has less than 7 line cards then just remove the
power supplies and fans.
7. Slide the ED-10000M into the EC-1500 and onto the L-brackets
from the front of the cabinets.
8. Once the ED-10000M is positioned in the cabinet, secure it at the
rear with the large Rear Mounting Brackets (P/N 042-005-213) by
attaching it to the left and right rear vertical NEMA rails and the
rear mounting plates attached to the ED-10000M chassis installed
in step 5.
9. Re-insert all components removed in Step 6.

AC Power The ED-10000M ships with the power cords prewired to the
Guidelines ED-10000M chassis. Each chassis has two power cords. The cords are
selected at time of order placement.

! CAUTION
These power cords are hardwired to the ED-10000M chassis. They
do NOT plug into the receptacles in the EC-1500 cabinet PDU’s, but
should be routed out the rear of the cabinet at the bottom of the rear
door to connect to facility power. The customer will need to provide
two power receptacles for the ED-10000M, in addition to the
cabinet power feeds.

Task 3: Unpack, Inspect, and Install the Director 2-13

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Follow these AC power guidelines:
◆ Ensure that separate facility power sources are available to
provide redundant power sources.
◆ If possible, connect the director to an uninterruptible power
source (UPS).
◆ Ensure that the supply circuit to which the director is connected
will not be overloaded.
◆ Two 14-foot (NEMA-L6-30) or (IEC 60309) 30/32 Amp twist-lock
power cords are attached to the unit.
◆ The director supports redundant power sources, with one cord
for each power source. Both sources are live, so the system shares
the power load.

AC power cords for country of installation must be ordered at time of order

placement.
For North American installations, select the ED-10KM-CBLDOM power cords,
which have the NEMA-L6-30 twist-lock power connectors.
For International installations, select the ED-10KM-CBLINT power
cords,which have the IEC 60309 30 /32A,3PIN connectors.

Each power drop should provide 30/32 Amp, 200~240VAC 50/60Hz single
phase service.

2-14 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
10. At the left rear of the director, set the upper and lower power
switches (circuit breakers) to the up (ON) position

Figure 2-5 Power Plugs for Two Directors in a Cabinet

11. Inspect the front panel of each rack-mounted Ethernet hub.

Ensure each green Power LED illuminates.
12. The director powers on and performs power on self tests (POSTs).
During POSTs:
— Bezel: POWER LED blinks green
— Both CTP cards: STATE LEDs blinks amber; ROLE LEDs
blinks green.

Task 3: Unpack, Inspect, and Install the Director 2-15

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
— LIM cards: LEDs blink amber.
— Ports: green and amber LEDs sequentially illuminate as the
ports are tested.
13. After successful POST completion
— Bezel: POWER LED green
— Primary CTP card: STATE LED green, ROLE LED green
— Backup CTP card: STATE LED green, ROLE LED off
— LIM cards: LEDs green
— Ports:
• Green LED on, amber LED off: operational and active
• Green LED off, amber LED off: operational but not
communicating
— Fan trays: LED green
— SWMs: LED green
— Power supplies: AC OK LED green, DC OK LED green
14. If a POST error or other malfunction occurs, go to Chapter 3,
Maintenance Analysis Procedures (MAPS) to isolate the problem.

2-16 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Task 4: Configure Director Network Information (Optional)
If multiple directors and the Connectrix Service Processor Connectrix Service
Processor are delivered in an equipment cabinet, all devices are configured
with unique IP addresses that do not require change. The addresses require
change only if multiple equipment cabinets are LAN-connected.

The director is delivered with default network addresses (Table 2-4).

Table 2-4 Factory-Set Defaults

Item Default

Customer-level Log In (maintenance port access) Administrator

Customer-level password (maintenance port access) password

Maintenance-level Log In (maintenance port access) McdataSE

Maintenance-level password (maintenance port access) redips

IP addressa 10.1.1.10

Subnet mask 255.0.0.0

Gateway address 0.0.0.0

a.IP address is the preinstalled IP address but may not correct for
your director. Consult your EMC Customer Service Representative
for precise information about the IP address.
Verify the LAN installation with the customer.

Verify the LAN installation with the customer.

◆ If one director is installed on a dedicated LAN, network
addresses do not require change. Go to Task 5: Configuring the
Connectrix Service Processor on page 2-21.
◆ If multiple products are installed or a public LAN segment is
used, network addresses must be changed to conform to the
customer LAN addressing plan. Continue .
Perform the following steps to change a product IP address, subnet
mask, or gateway address. An asynchronous RS-232 modem cable
and maintenance terminal (desktop or notebook PC) with a
Windows-based operating system and RS-232 serial communication
software (such as ProComm Plus or HyperTerminal) are required.

Task 4: Configure Director Network Information (Optional) 2-17

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
1. Connect one end of the RS-232 modem cable to the 9-pin
maintnance port on the active CTP card. The active CTP card is
identified by the green Role LED.

CLI commands cannot be executed on the standby CTP card.

2. Connect the other cable end to a 9-pin serial communication port

(COM1 or COM2) at the rear of the maintenance terminal PC.
3. Power on the maintenance terminal. At the Windows desktop,
click Start at the left side of the task bar. The Windows Workstation
menu displays.

The following steps describe changing network addresses using

HyperTerminal serial communication software.

4. At the Windows Workstation menu, sequentially select the

Programs, Accessories, Communications, and
HyperTerminal options. The Connection Description dialog
box displays (Figure 2-6).

Figure 2-6 Connection Description Dialog Box

5. Type a descriptive director name in the Name field and click OK.
The Connect To dialog box displays.
6. Ensure the Connect using field displays COM1 or COM2
(depending on the port connection to the director), and click OK.
The COMn Properties dialog box displays, where n is 1 or 2.
7. Configure Port Settings parameters:

2-18 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
• Bits per second—115200.
• Data bits—8.
• Parity—None.
• Stop bits—1.
• Flow control—Hardware.
Click OK. The New Connection - HyperTerminal window
displays.
8. At the login prompt type Administrator with a password of
password.
9. At the EOS# prompt, type the system ip command and press
Enter. The New Connection - HyperTerminal window displays with
configuration information listed:
— IP Address (default is 10.1.1.10).

IP address is the preinstalled IP address but may not be correct for your
director.

— Subnet Mask (default is 255.0.0.0).

— Gateway Address (default is 0.0.0.0).
10. Change the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address as
directed by the customer. To change the addresses, type the
following and press Enter.
system ip xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx yyy.yyy.yyy.yyy zzz.zzz.zzz.zzz
The IP address is xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx, the subnet mask is
yyy.yyy.yyy.yyy, and the gateway address is zzz.zzz.zzz.zzz,
where the octets xxx, yyy, and zzz are decimals from zero through
255. If an address is to remain unchanged, type the current
address in the respective field.
11. Select Exit from the File pull-down menu. A HyperTerminal
message box appears.
12. Click Yes. A second message box appears. Click No to exit and
close the application.
13. Power off the maintenance terminal and disconnect the RS-232
modem cable.
14. Connect the director to the Ethernet LAN segment or Ethernet
hub:

Task 4: Configure Director Network Information (Optional) 2-19

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
a. Connect one end of the Ethernet patch cable (supplied) to the
RJ-45 connector (labelled 10/100).
b. Connect the remaining end of the cable to the LAN as directed
by the customer or to any available Ethernet hub port.

2-20 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Task 5: Configuring the Connectrix Service Processor
The Connectrix Service Processor is a rack mount unit with the
Enterprise Fabric Connectivity Manager (Connectrix Manager) and
ED-10000M Element Manager applications installed. The
applications provide a graphical user interface (GUI) for operating
and managing the director and other EMC products.
The Connectrix Service Processor and related applications provide a
GUI to monitor and manage EMC products, and are a dedicated
hardware and software solution that should not be used for other
tasks. EMC tests the Connectrix Manager application installed on the
Connectrix Service Processor, but does not compatibility test other
third-party software. Modifications to the Connectrix Service
Processor hardware or installation of additional software (including
patches or service packs) may interfere with normal operation.

Task 5: Configuring the Connectrix Service Processor 2-21

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Task 6: Configure Connectrix Service Processor Information
Configure a server computer name and workgroup name from the
Windows operating system.
If required, change the server gateway addresses and domain name
system (DNS) server IP addresses to conform to the customer LAN
addressing plan. The gateway addresses are the addresses of the local
router for the corporate intranet.

Configure Connectrix Service Processor Names

To configure the Connectrix Service Processor name and workgroup
name:
1. At the Windows desktop, click Start at the left side of the task
bar (bottom of the desktop), then sequentially select Settings,
Control Panel, and System. The System Properties dialog
box displays with the General tab open by default.
2. Click the Network Identification tab. The System
Properties dialog box displays with the Network
Identification tab selected.

3. Click Properties. The Identification Changes dialog box

displays (Figure 2-7).
4. At the Computer Name field, change the name to
CONNECTRIXSERVER. Click (select) the Workgroup radio button,
change the name to WORKGROUP, and click OK. The dialog box
closes.
5. Record the computer and workgroup names for reference.
6. Close all dialog boxes and return to the Windows desktop.

2-22 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 2-7 Identification Changes Dialog Box

Configure Gateway and DNS Server Addresses

To configure gateway and DNS server IP addresses for the private
LAN connection (LAN 2) and public LAN connection (LAN 1):
1. At the Windows desktop, click Start at the left side of the task
bar (bottom of the desktop), then sequentially select Settings,
Control Panel, and Network and Dial-up Connections. The
Network and Dial-up Connections window displays.
2. To configure addresses for the private LAN connection (LAN 2),
double-click the Local Area Connection 2 icon. The Local
Area Connection 2 Status dialog box displays.

3. Click Properties. The Local Area Connection 2 Properties

dialog box displays.
4. In the Components checked are used by this connection
field, double-click the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) entry. The
Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties dialog box displays
(Figure 2-8).

Task 6: Configure Connectrix Service Processor Information 2-23

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 2-8 Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties Dialog Box

5. The Use the following IP address radio button is enabled

and the IP address and Subnet mask fields display network
information configured while performing The Connectrix Service
Processor and related applications provide a GUI to monitor and
manage EMC products, and are a dedicated hardware and software
solution that should not be used for other tasks. EMC tests the
Connectrix Manager application installed on the Connectrix Service
Processor, but does not compatibility test other third-party software.
Modifications to the Connectrix Service Processor hardware or
installation of additional software (including patches or service packs)
may interfere with normal operation. on page 2-21.
6. At the Default gateway field, enter the gateway address
obtained from the customer.
7. Select (enable) the Use the following DNS server addresses
radio button. At the Preferred DNS server field, enter the DNS
server IP address obtained from the customer, then click OK to
apply the changes and close the dialog box.
8. Close dialog boxes as appropriate and return to the The Network
and Dial-up Connections window.

9. Record the changed gateway and DNS server addresses.

2-24 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
10. To optionally configure addresses for the public LAN connection
(LAN 1), double-click the Local Area Connection 1 icon and
repeat step 2 through step 9.
11. Close all dialog boxes and return to the Windows desktop.
12. Reboot the server (Configure Connectrix Service Processor Names on
page 2-22).

Task 6: Configure Connectrix Service Processor Information 2-25

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Task 7: Configure Windows Operating System Users
Configure password access for all authorized Windows (server)
users. It is also recommended to change the default administrator
password. To configure users:
1. At the Windows desktop, click Start at the left side of the task
bar (bottom of the desktop), then sequentially select Settings,
Control Panel, and Users and Passwords. The Users and
Passwords dialog box displays.

2. The Guest user name is a built-in account in the Windows

operating system and cannot be deleted. The srvacc account is
for field service users and must not be modified or deleted.

Change Default Administrator Password

To change the administrator password from the default (password) to
a customer-specified password:
1. At the Users and Passwords dialog box, click Set Password.
The Set Password dialog box displays.
2. At the New Password and Confirm New Password fields, type
the new password. Both fields are case-sensitive.
3. Click OK. The default administrator password changes and the
Set Password dialog box closes.

Add a New User

To set up a new Windows user:
1. At the Users and Passwords dialog box, click Add. The first
window of the Add New User wizard displays (Figure 2-9).
2. Type the appropriate information in the User name and Domain
fields and click Next. The second window of the Add New User
wizard displays.
3. Type the new user password in the Password and Confirm
password fields and click Next. The third window of the Add New
User wizard displays.

2-26 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
4. Select the Standard user, Restricted user, or Other radio
button. If the Other radio button is selected, choose the type of
access from the adjacent list box.
5. Click Finish. New user information is added and the wizard
closes. Record the user information for reference.
6. If no other users are to be added, close all dialog boxes and return
to the Windows desktop.

Figure 2-9 Add New User Wizard

Change User Properties

To change existing user properties:
1. At the Users and Passwords dialog box, highlight the user at the
Users for this computer field and click Properties. The
Properties dialog box displays with the General tab selected
(Figure 2-10 on page 2-28).
2. Type the appropriate new user information in the User name,
Full name, and Description fields, then click the Group
Membership tab. The Properties dialog box displays with the
Group Membership tab selected.
3. Based on the level of access to be changed, select the Standard
user, Restricted user, or Other radio button. If the Other radio
button is selected, choose the type of access from the adjacent list
box.
4. Click OK. The new user information is added and the Properties
dialog box closes. Record the user information for reference.

Task 7: Configure Windows Operating System Users 2-27

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
5. If no other users will be changed, close all dialog boxes and return
to the Windows desktop.

Figure 2-10 Properties Dialog Box (General Tab)

2-28 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Task 8: Set Connectrix Service Processor Date and Time
Connectrix Manager application logs are stamped with the server
date and time, and the director system clock is synchronized with the
server date and time by default. To set the server date and time:
1. At the Windows desktop, click Start at the left side of the task
bar (bottom of the desktop), then sequentially select Settings,
Control Panel, and Date/Time. The Date/Time Properties
dialog box displays with the Date & Time page open.

The Time Zone field must be set before the Date & Time field.

2. Click the Time Zone tab. The Date/Time Properties dialog box
displays with the Time Zone page open (Figure 2-11).

Figure 2-11 Date/Time Properties Dialog Box (Time Zone Tab)

3. To change the time zone:

a. Select the appropriate time zone from the drop-down list at
the top of the dialog box.
b. If instructed by the customer, select the Automatically
adjust clock for daylight saving changes check box.

c. Click Apply. Record time zone and daylight savings

information for reference.
4. Click the Date & Time tab. The Date/Time Properties dialog
box displays with the Date & Time page open (Figure 2-12 on
page 2-30).

Task 8: Set Connectrix Service Processor Date and Time 2-29

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
5. To change the date and time:
a. Select the month from the drop-down list under Date.
b. Click the up or down arrow adjacent to the year field and
select the desired year.
c. Click the day on the calendar to select the desired date.
d. Click in the time field and enter the desired time, then click the
adjacent up or down arrow and select AM or PM.
e. Click Apply. Record date and time information for reference.
6. Close all dialog boxes and return to the Windows desktop.

Figure 2-12 Date/Time Properties Dialog Box (Date & Time Tab)

2-30 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Task 9: Assign User Names and Passwords
In addition to password access for the Windows operating system,
users must be configured for Connectrix Manager application access.
To assign application user names and passwords:
1. At the Windows desktop, open the Connectrix Manager Log In
dialog box .
2. Type the Connectrix Manager application default user ID and
password and select a server or IP address from the Network
Address drop-down list.

The default user ID is Administrator and the default password is

password. Both are case-sensitive.

3. Click Login. The application opens and the Connectrix Manager

main window appears.
4. Select Users from the SAN menu. The Connectrix Manager
Server Users dialog box displays.

5. Click Add. The Add User dialog box displays (Figure 2-13).

Figure 2-13 Add User Dialog Box

6. Enter information in fields as directed by the customer:

• Description—Type a new user name up to 16 alphanumeric
characters in length. Control characters and spaces are not
valid. The user name is case-sensitive.
• Email Address—Type one or more new user e-mail
addresses. Separate multiple addresses with a semicolon.
• User ID—Type a unique user ID for the new user.

Task 9: Assign User Names and Passwords 2-31

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
• Secure Password—Type a password up to 16 alphanumeric
characters in length. Control characters and spaces are not
valid. The password is case-sensitive.
• Retype Password—To confirm the password, enter the
password exactly as in the Secure Password field.
7. To enable e-mail notification for the new user, select (click) the
Enable check box. An unchecked box indicates e-mail
notification is not enabled.
8. To configure event types for which e-mail notification is sent,
select (click) the Filter link. The Define Filter dialog box
displays. For instructions on defining event filters, refer to the
Connectrix Manager Version 8.7.1 User Guide, P/N 300-001-472, Rev
A04).
9. Click OK to accept the information. Close all dialog boxes and
return to the Connectrix Manager main window.

2-32 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Task 10: Configure the ED-10000M Director to the Management
Application
To manage a new director, it must be identified to and discovered by
the Connectrix Manager application. To identify the director:
1. At the Connectrix Manager main window, select Setup from the
Discover menu. The Discover Setup dialog box displays.
2. Click Add. The Address Properties dialog box displays with the
IP Address page open by default (Figure 2-14).
3. Type a director description in the Description field.
4. Type the director IP address (determined by the customer) in the
IP Address field.
5. Type the director subnet mask (determined by the customer) in
the Subnet Mask field.
6. Click OK to save the entered information and define the director
to the Connectrix Manager application. Close all dialog boxes and
return to the Connectrix Manager main window.

Figure 2-14 Address Properties Dialog Box (IP Address Page)

Task 10: Configure the ED-10000M Director to the Management Application 2-33
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Task 11: Verify Director-to-Server Communication
Communication between the director and server (Connectrix
Manager and Element Manager applications) must be verified. To
verify communication:
1. At the Connectrix Manager application main window (physical
map or product list), inspect the shape and color of the status
symbol associated with the director icon. Table 2-5 explains
operational states and associated symbols.

Table 2-5 Operational States and Symbols

Operational State Status Symbol

Operational - Communication is established, the product is operational, No status

and no failures are indicated. Go to Task 12: Configure Feature Key symbol
(Optional) on page 2-35.

Degraded - Communication is established, but the product is operating

in degraded mode and requires service. This condition is typical if a port
or redundant FRU fails. Go to step 2.

Failed - Communication is established, but the product failed and

requires immediate service. Go to step 2.

Status Unknown - Product status is unknown because of a network

communication failure. Go to step 2.

2. Right-click the director icon at the Connectrix Manager

application physical map. A pop-up menu appears.
3. Select the Element Manager option from the pop-up menu. When
the Element Manager application opens, the last view accessed by
a user opens by default.
4. Inspect director status at the Hardware view and perform one of
the following steps:
• If the director appears operational (no FRU alert symbols and
a green circle at the status bar), go to Task 12: Configure Feature
Key (Optional) following.
• If director operation appears degraded or a failure is indicated
(FRU alert symbols and a yellow triangle or red diamond on
the status bar), go to Chapter 3, Maintenance Analysis Procedure
(MAPS)to isolate the problem.

2-34 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Task 12: Configure Feature Key (Optional)
Perform this task to display or install operating features that are
available for the director as customer-specified options. Available
features include the:
◆ Element Manager application—This feature enables out-of-band
director management through an Element Manager interface.
Products are delivered with the application enabled for a 31-day
grace period. Before grace period expiration, the application must
be reactivated through a PFE key.
During the grace period, a No Feature Key dialog box appears
when the Element Manager application opens. Click OK to close
the dialog box and use the application. In addition, the message
Element Manager license key has not been installed -
Please follow up instructions to update permanent key
appears splashed across all views.
◆ SANtegrity binding—This feature enhances security in SANs
with a large and mixed group of fabrics and attached devices.
Features are installed through a feature key that is encoded to work
with the serial number of the director. A feature key is a case-
sensitive alphanumeric string with dashes every four characters.
After obtaining a PFE key, install the feature as follows:
1. Select Features from the Configure menu at any view. The
Configure Feature Key dialog box displays.
2. Click New. The New Feature Key dialog box displays
(Figure 2-15).

Figure 2-15 New Feature Key Dialog Box

3. Type the PFE key (case-sensitive xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xx format) and

click OK. The Enable Feature Key dialog box displays.
4. Verify the feature description appears in the New Features panel
and click OK. A Warning dialog box displays with the message
Installing this feature key causes an IPL and

Task 12: Configure Feature Key (Optional) 2-35

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
momentary loss of the LAN connection. The operation is
nondisruptive to Fibre Channel traffic. Do you wish to
continue?

5. Click Yes to enable the PFE key and IPL the director. Close all
dialog boxes and return to the Element Manager application.

2-36 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Task 13: Set Director Date and Time
Log entries are stamped with the date and time received from the
director. To set the effective date and time for the director:
1. Select Date/Time from the Configure menu at any view. The
Configure Date and Time dialog box displays (Figure 2-16).
Date and time can be set manually, or set to be periodically
updated by the Connectrix Manager application (the director and
application synchronize at least once daily).

Figure 2-16 Configure Date and Time Dialog Box

2. To set date and time manually:

a. Click the Periodic Date/Time Synchronization check box
to deselect the option (no check mark). The greyed out Date
and Time fields activate.
b. Click the Date fields that require change, and type numbers in
the following ranges:
– Month (MM): 1 through 12
– Day (DD): 1 through 31
– Year (YYYY): greater than 1980
c. Click the Time fields that require change, and type numbers in
the following ranges:
– Hour (HH): 0 through 23
– Minute (MM): 0 through 59
– Second (SS): 0 through 59

Task 13: Set Director Date and Time 2-37

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
d. Click Activate to set the director date and time and close the
dialog box.
3. To set the director to periodically synchronize date and time with
the Connectrix Manager application:
a. Click the Periodic Date/Time Synchronization check box
to select the option (check mark in the box). Date and Time
fields are greyed out and not selectable. Perform one of the
following:
– Click Activate to enable synchronization and close the
dialog box. Director date and time synchronize with the
Connectrix Manager application date and time at the next
update period (at least once daily).
– Click Sync Now to synchronize the director and Connectrix
Manager application immediately. The Date and Time
Synced information dialog box displays. Click OK to
synchronize the date and time and close the dialog box,
then click Activate to enable synchronization and close
the Configure Date and Time dialog box.

2-38 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Task 14: Configure the Element Manager Application
To configure the Element Manager application, selectively perform
the following tasks according to customer requirements:
◆ Product—includes identification, product parameters, and fabric
parameters.
◆ Ports—includes basic information, buffer-to-buffer credits
(BB_Credits), and N_Port identifier virtualization (NPIV).
◆ Management—includes SNMP trap message recipients;
threshold alerts; Connectrix Manager Basic Edition interface
access; Telnet access; and e-mail, Ethernet event, and call-home
event notification.
◆ Security—includes SANtegrity authentication, Enterprise Fabric
Mode, and SANtegrity binding.
◆ Interswitch links—includes OpenTrunking, preferred path, and
ISL port fencing.

Configure Director Identification

Perform this procedure to configure the director identification. The
Name, Location, and Contact variables correspond respectively to
the SNMP variables sysName, sysLocation, and sysContact, and
are used by management workstations when obtaining director data.
1. Select Identification from the Configure menu at any view.
The Configure Identification dialog box displays
(Figure 2-17 on page 2-40).
a. Type a unique director name of 24 alphanumeric characters or
less in the Name field. If the director is installed on a public
LAN, the name should reflect the Ethernet network DNS host
name.
b. Type a director nickname name of 24 alphanumeric characters
or less in the Nickname field. The nickname appears instead
of the WWN in Element Manager application views.
c. Type a description of 255 alphanumeric characters or less in
the Description field.
d. Type the physical location or 255 alphanumeric characters or
less in the Location field.

Task 14: Configure the Element Manager Application 2-39

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
e. Type the name of a contact person (255 alphanumeric
characters or less) in the Contact field.
2. Click Activate to save the information and close the dialog box.

Figure 2-17 Configure Identification Dialog Box

Configure Director Parameters

Perform this procedure to configure director operating parameters.
1. Set the director offline (Powering the Director On or Off on
page 4-24).
2. Select Operating Parameters and Switch Parameters from
the Configure menu at any view. The Configure Switch
Parameters dialog box displays (Figure 2-18).

Figure 2-18 Configure Switch Parameters Dialog Box

a. At the Domain ID Preferred field, type a value between 1

through 31. This value uniquely identifies each fabric element.

An ISL between fabric elements with identical domain IDs segments

and prevents communication.

2-40 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
b. At the Insistent Domain ID field, check (enable) or uncheck
(disable) the parameter. When enabled, the value configured
in the Preferred Domain ID field becomes the active domain
ID when the fabric initializes.
c. At the Rerouting Delay field, check (enable) or uncheck
(disable) the parameter. When enabled, traffic is delayed
through the fabric by the user-specified error detect time out
value (E_D_TOV). This delay ensures Fibre Channel frames are
delivered to their destination in order.
d. At the Domain RSCNs field, check (enable) or uncheck (disable)
the parameter. When enabled, attached devices can register to
receive notification when other devices change state.
e. At the Suppress Zoning RSCNs on Zone Set Activations
field, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) the parameter. When
enabled, RSCNs are not transmitted when a zone set is
activated.
f. At the NPIV field, check (enable) or uncheck (disable) N_Port
identifier virtualization. NPIV allows multiple (up to 256)
Fibre Channel addresses to be assigned to a node (N_Port).
3. Click Activate to save the information and close the dialog box.
4. Set the director online (Powering the Director On or Off on
page 4-24).

Configure Fabric Parameters

Perform this procedure to configure fabric operating parameters.
1. Set the director offline (Powering the Director On or Off on
page 4-24).
2. Select Operating Parameters and Fabric Parameters from the
Configure menu at any view. The Configure Fabric
Parameters dialog box displays (Figure 2-19 on page 2-42).

Task 14: Configure the Element Manager Application 2-41

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 2-19 Configure Fabric Parameters Dialog Box

a. At the R_A_TOV field, type a value between 10 through 1200

tenths of a second (one through 120 seconds).

If the switch is attached to a fabric element, the switch and element

must be set to the same R_A_TOV value. If the values are not
identical, the E_Port connection to the element segments and the
switch cannot communicate with the fabric. In addition, the R_A_TOV
value must be greater than the E_D_TOV value.

b. At the E_D_TOV field, type a value between 2 through 600

tenths of a second (0.2 through 60 seconds).

If the switch is attached to a fabric element, the switch and element

must be set to the same E_D_TOV value. If the values are not
identical, the E_Port connection to the element segments and the
switch cannot communicate with the fabric. In addition, the E_D_TOV
value must be less than the R_A_TOV value.

c. Select from the Switch Priority drop-down list to set the

director priority. Available selections are Default,
Principal, and Never Principal. The default setting is
Default.
This value designates the fabric principal switch. The
principal switch is assigned a priority of 1 and controls the
allocation and distribution of domain IDs for all fabric
elements (including itself).

2-42 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Principal is the highest priority setting, Default is the next
highest, and Never Principal is the lowest priority setting.
The setting Never Principal means the switch is incapable of
becoming a principal switch. If all switches are set to
Principal or Default, the switch with the highest priority
and the lowest WWN becomes the principal switch.
At least one switch in a fabric must be set as Principal or
Default. If all switches are set to Never Principal, all ISLs
segment.
d. Select from the Interop Mode drop-down list to set the
director operating mode. This setting only affects the mode
used to manage the director; it does not affect port operation.
Available selections are:
– EMC Fabric 1.0—Select this option if the director is
fabric-attached only to other EMC directors or switches
operating in EMC fabric mode.
– Open Fabric 1.0—Select this option (default) for
managing heterogeneous fabrics and if the director is
fabric-attached to EMC directors or switches and
open-fabric compliant switches produced by other OEMs.
3. Click Activate to save the information and close the dialog box.
4. Set the director online (Powering the Director On or Off on
page 4-24).

Task 14: Configure the Element Manager Application 2-43

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Configure Ports
To configure Fibre Channel ports:
1. Select Ports from the Configure menu. The Configure Ports
dialog box displays.
a. For each port to be configured, type a port name in the
associated Name field. The port name should characterize the
device to which the port is attached.
b. A 2 Gbps port has a default of 16 receive BB_Credits; a 10
Gbps port has a default of 96 receive BB_Credits. the total pool
of BB_Credits available per paddle-pair is 1373.
– When remote fabric is disabled, a 1 Gbps/2 Gbps port can be
configured from 1 to 60 BB_Credits, and a 10 Gbps port can
be configured from 1 to 360 BB_Credits.
– When remote fabric is enabled, a 1 Gbps/2 Gbps/10 Gbps
port can be configured from 1 to 1373 BB_Credits.
c. Type the desired value in the RX BB_Credit column.
d. Click the check box in the LIN Alerts column to enable or
disable link incident (LIN) alerts (default is enabled). A check
mark in the box indicates alerts are enabled. When the feature
is enabled and an incident occurs on the port link, an alert
indicator (yellow triangle) displays at the Hardware view, and
a message is sent to configured e-mail recipients.
e. Select from the drop-down list in the Type column to
configure the port type. Available selections are:
– Generic port (G_Port)
– Fabric port (F_Port).
– Expansion port (E_Port).
f. Select from the drop-down list in the Speed column to
configure the port transmission rate. Available selections are:
– Auto-negotiate between 1.0625, 2.125, and 10.625 Gbps
operation (Negotiate). This is the default.
– 1.0625 Gbps operation (1 Gb/sec).
– 2.125 Gbps operation (2 Gb/sec).
– 10.625 Gbps operation (10 Gb/sec).

2-44 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
g. Click the check box in the Port Binding column to enable or
disable the feature (default is disabled). A check mark
indicates binding is enabled and the port can connect only to a
device with a WWN listed in the Bound WWN column.
h. Type the WWN or nickname of the device attached to the port
in the Bound WWN column.
– If port binding is enabled and a WWN or nickname
appears in the Bound WWN column, only the specified
device can connect.
– If port binding is enabled but no WWN or nickname
appears in the Bound WWN column, no device can connect.
– If port binding is disabled, any device can connect.
2. Click Activate to save the information and close the dialog box.

Configure SNMP Trap Messages

Perform this procedure to configure names, write authorizations,
addresses, and UDP port numbers for SNMP trap message recipients.
To configure recipient workstations:
1. Select SNMP Agent from the Configure menu at any view. The
Configure SNMP dialog box displays (Figure 2-20 on page 2-45).

Figure 2-20 Configure SNMP Dialog Box

a. Click Enable SNMP Agent and Enable Authentication

Traps to activate the installed agent and enable transmission
of SNMP trap messages to recipients.
b. The director supports only FA MIB Version 4.0.

Task 14: Configure the Element Manager Application 2-45

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
c. For each configured recipient, type a community name in the
Community Name field. The name is incorporated in SNMP
trap messages to ensure against unauthorized viewing.
d. Check the box in the Write Authorization column to enable
write authorization for the trap recipient (default is disabled).
When enabled, a configured user can change sysContact,
sysName, and sysLocation SNMP variables.
e. Type the IP address or DNS host name of the trap recipient
(SNMP management workstation) in the Trap Recipient
field. It is recommended the IP address be used.
f. Type a decimal port number in the UDP Port Number field to
specify the UDP port number
2. Click Activate to save the information and close the dialog box.

2-46 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Configure Threshold Alerts
A threshold alert notifies users when E_Port or F_Port transmit (Tx)
or receive (Rx) throughput reaches or exceeds a specified value.
Alerts are indicated by:
◆ An attention indicator (yellow triangle) associated with a port at
the Hardware view, Port List view, or Port Properties
dialog box.
◆ Data recorded in the Threshold Alert Log.
To configure threshold alerts:
1. Select Threshold Alerts from the Configure menu at any view.
The Configure Threshold Alert(s) dialog box displays. If
alerts are configured, they display in table format showing the
alert name, type, and state.
2. Click New. The New Threshold Alert dialog box (screen 1)
displays (Figure 2-21).

Figure 2-21 New Threshold Alert Dialog Box (Screen 1)

3. Type a name in the Threshold Alert Name field.

4. Select from the Threshold Alert drop-down list to configure the
alert type. Available selections are:
• Receive—An alert occurs if the threshold value for receive
throughput is reached or exceeded.
• Transmit—An alert occurs if the threshold value for transmit
throughput is reached or exceeded.
• Receive and Transmit—An alert occurs if the threshold
value for either throughput is reached or exceeded.
5. Click Next. The New Threshold Alert dialog box (screen 2)
displays (Figure 2-22).

Task 14: Configure the Element Manager Application 2-47

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 2-22 New Threshold Alert Dialog Box (Screen 2)

6. Type a value from 1 through 100 in the % utilization field.

When throughput reaches the specified percentage of port
capacity, a threshold alert occurs.
7. Enter the cumulative minutes for which the % utilization
should exist during the notification interval before an alert is
generated. Select the At any time radio button to specify that an
alert occur when the % utilization is reached. The valid range
is 1 to the interval set in the following step.
8. Enter the interval (in minutes) during which throughput is
measured and threshold notifications can occur. The valid range
is 5 through 70560 minutes.
9. Click Next. The New Threshold Alert dialog box (screen 3)
displays (Figure 2-23 on page 2-49).
10. Select the Port Type or Port List radio button.
• Select the Port Type radio button, then the E_Ports,
F_Ports, or FL_Ports radio button to cause an alert to
generate for configured ports.
• Select Port List to configure individual ports by clicking the
check box adjacent to each port number. Select Set All Ports
to place a check mark adjacent to all port numbers.
11. Click Next. The New Threshold Alert dialog box (screen4)
displays a summary of the alert configuration. To make changes,
move back and forth through the configuration screens by
selecting Previous or Next.
12. Click Finish. The Configure Threshold Alerts dialog box
reappears listing the name, type, and state of the alert configured.

2-48 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
13. To activate the alert, highlight (select) the alert and click
Activate.

Figure 2-23 New Threshold Alert Dialog Box (Screen 3)

Configure, Enable, and Test E-mail Notification

Perform this procedure to configure, enable, and test e-mail and
simple mail transfer protocol (SMTP) addresses to receive event
notifications. Configuration and test are performed at the Connectrix
Manager application. E-mail notification is enabled at the Element
Manager application. To perform the procedures:
1. Minimize the Element Manager application and return to the
Connectrix Manager application.
2. At the Connectrix Manager main window, select Event
Notification and Email from the Monitor menu. The Email
Event Notification Setup dialog box displays (Figure 2-24 on
page 2-50).

Task 14: Configure the Element Manager Application 2-49

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 2-24 Email Event Notification Setup Dialog Box

3. To enable e-mail transmission to configured addresses, click the

Enable Email Event Notification check box. A check mark
appears when transmission is enabled.
4. Type the IP address or DNS host name of the SMTP server in the
E-mail Server field.
5. Type the e-mail address to which replies should be sent in the
Reply Address field.
6. At the Summary Interval field, type the length of time the
application should wait between notifications. Choose seconds,
minutes, or hours from the associated drop-down list.
7. To specify users for notification, click User List. The
Connectrix Manager Server Users dialog box displays.
8. To enable notification for a user, click the check box in the Email
column. An unchecked box indicates e-mail notification is not
enabled.
9. Click OK to close the Connectrix Manager Server Users dialog
box.
10. At the E-mail Test Options field, select the Send to radio
button (and type recipient IP addresses in the adjacent field), or
select the Send to all users enabled for notification
radio button.
11. Click Send Test Email. A test message is sent to configured
recipients.
12. Click OK to save the information and close the dialog box.

2-50 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
13. Maximize the Element Manager application.
14. Select Enable E-Mail Notification from the Maintenance
menu at any view. A check mark appears to indicate e-mail
notification for the product is enabled.

The enable function must be activated for each product through the
Element Manager application.

Configure and Enable Ethernet Events

Perform this procedure to configure and enable Ethernet events. An
Ethernet event is recorded (after a user-specified time interval) when
the director-to-Connectrix Service Processor communication link
drops. To configure and enable Ethernet events:
1. Minimize the Element Manager application and return to the
Connectrix Manager application.
2. At the Connectrix Manager main window, select Ethernet Event
from the Monitor menu. The Configure Ethernet Events
dialog box displays.
3. Click the Enable Ethernet Events check box. A check mark
appears to indicate Ethernet events are enabled.
4. At the Ethernet Timeout field, type a value between 10 through
120 minutes.
5. Click OK to close the dialog box.

Configure, Enable, and Test Call-Home Event Notification

Telephone numbers and other information for the call-home feature
are configured through the Windows dial-up networking application
(Task 9: Assign User Names and Passwords on page 2-31). To configure,
enable, and test call-home event notification:

The call-home feature may not be available if theConnectrix Manager Lite

application is installed on a customer-supplied platform.

1. Minimize the Element Manager application and return to the

Connectrix Manager application.

Task 14: Configure the Element Manager Application 2-51

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
2. At the Connectrix Manager main window, select Event
Notification and Call Home from the Monitor menu. The Call
Home Event Notification Setup dialog box displays.

3. Click the Enable Call Home Event Notification check box. A

check mark appears to indicate call-home event notification is
enabled.

The enable function must be activated for each product through the
Element Manager application.

4. Click Send Test. A call-home test message is sent.

5. Click OK to close the dialog box.
6. Maximize the Element Manager application.
7. Select Enable Call Home Notification from the Maintenance
menu at any view. A check mark appears to indicate call-home
event notification is enabled.

2-52 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Task 15: Back Up Configuration Data
For the Connectrix Manager application, critical configuration data is
stored on the Connectrix Service Processor hard drive in the
following directories:
◆ C:\Program Files\Connectrix Manager 8.7\CallHome
◆ C:\Program Files\Connectrix Manager 8.7\Client
◆ C:\Program Files\Connectrix Manager 8.7\Server
To back up server configuration data and create a base restore CD:
1. Insert a blank rewritable CD into the CD-RW drive and format
the CD:
a. At the Windows desktop, locate the InCD icon (1) at the right
side of the task bar (Figure 2-25 on page 2-53). The icon is
indicated by a red down arrow.
b. Right-click the icon and select Format (F). The first window
of the InCD wizard displays.
c. Click Next to proceed to the second window of the InCD
wizard. Use default parameters displayed at each window,
and click Next and Finish as appropriate to complete the CD
formatting task.
d. When the rewritable CD is formatted, the red down arrow
associated with the InCD icon changes to a green up arrow.

Figure 2-25 InCD Icon (Unformatted CD)

2. Back up the director configuration file to the server (Managing

Configuration Data on page 4-35).
3. Close the Element Manager application and return to the
Connectrix Manager application.
4. Close the Connectrix Manager application by selecting Shutdown
from the Connectrix Manager menu. A Connectrix Manager
Message dialog box displays. Click Yes to close the application.

5. Click Yes to close the Connectrix Manager application.

Task 15: Back Up Configuration Data 2-53

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
6. Reboot the server to cause directory contents to be written to the
blank CD:
a. At the Windows desktop, click Start at the left side of the task
bar (bottom of the desktop), then select Shut Down. The Shut
Down Windows dialog box displays.

b. Select the Restart option from the list box and click OK. The
server powers down and restarts.
c. After the Connectrix Service Processor reboots, click Login
again..

d. Type the default Windows user name and password and click
OK. The server Windows desktop opens and the Connectrix
Manager Log In dialog box displays.

The default Windows user name is Administrator and the default

password is password. Both are case-sensitive.

e. Type the Connectrix Manager application default user ID and

password and select a server or IP address from the Network
Address drop-down list.

The default user ID is Administrator and the default password is

password. Both are case-sensitive.

f. Click Login. The application opens and the Connectrix

Manager main window appears.
7. Remove the base restore CD from the CD-RW drive and store in a
safe location. Insert a blank rewritable CD into the CD-RW drive
and format the CD.
8. Go to Task 16: Insert Optical Paddles and Cable Fibre Channel Ports on
page 2-55.

2-54 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Task 16: Insert Optical Paddles and Cable Fibre Channel Ports
Perform this task to cable Fibre Channel ports and connect devices:

ATTENTION! The upper two or the lower two optical paddles in a line
module (LIM) cannot both be 10 Gbps (OTPX) paddles. If two 10 Gbps
optical paddles are inserted in these two locations, only one of the two (the
upper paddle) will come online.

1. Connect the 1 or 2 Gbps optical paddles (OTPS) or 10 Gbps

optical paddles (OTPX) to the LIMs. See RRP: Optical Paddle
(OTPS or OTPX) on page 5-19 for installation procedure.
2. Route fiber-optic cables from Fibre Channel devices or fabric
elements to director ports.
3. Connect device cables to optical port transceivers as directed by
the customer.
4. Bundle the Fibre Channel cables from the director and other
equipment, and secure them as directed by the customer.

Task 16: Insert Optical Paddles and Cable Fibre Channel Ports 2-55
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Task 17: Configure Zoning (Optional)
Perform this procedure to configure, change, add, or delete zones;
and to configure, change, enable, or disable zone sets.
◆ Zone—A zone is a group of devices that can access each other
through port-to-port connections. Devices in the same zone can
recognize and communicate with each other; devices in different
zones cannot.
◆ Zone set—A zone set is a group of zones that is activated or
deactivated as a single entity across all managed products in
either a single switch or a multiswitch fabric. Only one zone set
can be active at one time.
The following naming conventions apply to zones and zone sets:
◆ All names must be unique and may not differ by case only. For
example, zone-1 and Zone-1 are both valid individually, but are
not considered unique.
◆ The first character of a zone set name must be a letter
(A through Z or a through z).
◆ A zone set name cannot contain spaces.
◆ Valid characters are alphanumerics and the caret ( ^ ),
hyphen ( - ), underscore ( _ ), or dollar ( $ ) symbols.
◆ A zone set name can have a maximum of 64 characters.

2-56 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Task 18: Connect Director to a Fabric Element (Optional)
To provide fabric-attached Fibre channel connectivity for devices
connected to the director, connect the director to an expansion port
(E_Port) of a fabric element (switch or director). Any switch can be
used to form this ISL. To connect the director to a fabric element and
create an ISL:
1. Ensure the fabric element is defined to the Connectrix Manager
application. If the fabric element must be defined, refer to the
appropriate switch or director installation manual for
instructions.
2. Ensure the preferred domain ID for the director is unique and
does not conflict with the ID of another switch or director
participating in the fabric. If the domain ID must be changed,
refer to Task 14: Configure the Element Manager Application on
page 2-39.
3. Ensure R_A_TOV and E_D_TOV values for the director are identical
to the values for all switches or directors participating in the
fabric. If the values must be changed, refer to Task 14: Configure the
Element Manager Application on page 2-39.
4. Route a multimode or singlemode fiber-optic cable (depending
on the type of transceiver installed) from an E_Port of the fabric
element to the front of the director.
5. Connect the fiber-optic cable to a director port as directed by the
customer.
6. At the Connectrix Manager application physical map, right-click
the director icon, then select Element Manager from the pop-up
menu.
7. Click the Hardware tab. The Hardware view displays.
8. Double-click the graphical port connector used for the fabric ISL
(connected in step 5). The Port Properties dialog box displays.
9. Ensure the Link Incident field displays None, the Operational
State field displays Online, and the Reason field displays N/A
or is blank. If an ISL segmentation or other problem is indicated,
go to Chapter 3, Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS), to isolate
the problem. If no problems are indicated, installation tasks are
complete.

Task 18: Connect Director to a Fabric Element (Optional) 2-57

 Installation Tasks
2
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

2-58 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 EMC CONFIDENTIAL

3
Invisible Body Tag

Maintenance Analysis
Procedure (MAPS)

This chapter describes diagnostic procedures used by service

representatives to fault isolate ED-10000M director problems or
failures to the field-replaceable unit (FRU) level:
◆ Overview .............................................................................................3-2
◆ Troubleshooting the Director............................................................3-3
◆ Quick Start ..........................................................................................3-6
◆ MAP 0000: Start MAP......................................................................3-18
◆ MAP 0100: Power Distribution Analysis......................................3-22
◆ MAP 0200: POST Failure Analysis ................................................3-25
◆ MAP 0300: Loss of Server Communication..................................3-29
◆ MAP 0400: FRU Failure Analysis ..................................................3-37
◆ MAP 0500: Port Failure or Link Incident Analysis .....................3-40
◆ MAP 0600: Fabric or ISL, Problem Analysis ................................3-52

Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS) 3-1

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Overview
This chapter describes the maintenance analysis procedures (MAPS)
procedures to fault isolate problems with the ED-10000M director to
the field-replaceable unit (FRU) level.

3-2 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Troubleshooting the Director

! CAUTION
Ensure proper earth-ground connection of the director prior to
performing any troubleshooting.

Go to Table 3-3 on page 3-6 for a quick start, if visual indicators, SNMP trap
messages, or event codes are readily available.

The screens in this manual may not match the screens on your server and
workstation. The title bars have been removed and the fields may contain
data that does not match the data seen on your system.

The MAPs provide fault isolation and related service procedures. The
procedures vary depending on the diagnostic information provided.
MAPs are step-by-step procedures that prompt service personnel for
information or describe a specific action to be performed. MAPs
provide information to interpret system events, isolate a director
failure to a single FRU, remove and replace the failed FRU, and verify
director operation.

Troubleshooting the Director 3-3

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Factory Defaults Table 3-1 lists the defaults for the ED-10000M director.
Table 3-1 Factory-Set Defaults

Item Default

Customer-level Log In (maintenance Administrator

port access)

Customer-level Password password

(maintenance port access

Maintenance-level Log In McdataSE

(maintenance port access)

Maintenance-level password redips

(maintenance port access)

IP addressa 10.1.1.10

Subnet mask 255.0.0.0

Gateway address 0.0.0.0

Nameserver address 10.1.1.10

Domain EMC.com
a. IP address is the preinstalled IP address but may not be
correct for your director. Consult your OEM provider for
precise information about the IP address.

Table 3-2 lists the MAPs. Fault isolation normally begins at MAP
0000: Start MAP on page 3-18.
Table 3-2 Map Summary

MAP Page

MAP 0000: Start MAP Page 3-18

MAP 0100: Power Distribution Analysis Page 3-22

MAP 0200: POST Failure Analysis Page 3-25

MAP 0300: Loss of Server Communication Page 3-29

MAP 0400: FRU Failure Analysis Page 3-37

MAP 0500: Port Failure or Link Incident Analysis Page 3-40

3-4 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Table 3-2 Map Summary

MAP Page

MAP 0500: Port Failure or Link Incident Analysis Page 3-40

MAP 0600: Fabric or ISL, Problem Analysis Page 3-52

Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD to EMC for Page 3-59
analysis. Contact the next level of support, and report the 150 event
code, the associated failure reason, and the associated error code. Exit
MAP.

Troubleshooting the Director 3-5

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Quick Start
Table 3-3 is a quick start for troubleshooting if visual information
(LED), SNMP hardware trap messages, or event codes are readily
available. Otherwise start trouble shooting at MAP 0000: Start MAP
on page 3-18.
Table 3-3 Quick Start Troubleshooting

Starting Point Action

Visual indicators (LEDs) Go to Table 3-4, Visual Indicators (LEDs) Verses

Maintenance Action.

SNMP hardware traps Go to Table 3-5, SNMP Hardware Traps Verses

Maintenance Action.

Event codes Go to Table 3-6, Event Codes Verses

Maintenance Action and Appendix A, Event
Code Tables.

All others Go to MAP 0000: Start MAP.

Visual Indicators Table 3-4 on page 3-7 lists the visual indicators (LEDs) for the
director, provides state information, and recommends an action.

Slow blinking = 0.5 second on and 0.5 second off. Fast blinking = 0.125 second
on and 0.125 second off.

3-6 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Table 3-4 Visual Indicators (LEDs) Verses Maintenance Action

Indicator (LED) Explanation Action

Power LED (green) Green on = powered on If powered off:

Green off = powered off 1. Plug in power cords.
Green blinking = starting or diagnostics 2. Turn on power switches.
3. If failure indicated, go to MAP 0100:
Power Distribution Analysis on
page 3-22.

System Error LED (amber) Amber on = director operational but a FRU If failure indicated, go to MAP 0500: Port
failed or system error occurred. Failure or Link Incident Analysis on
Amber off = fully operational page 3-40.
Amber blinking = beaconing

CTP card STATE LED Green on, Amber off = operational If failure indicated:
(green/amber) Green off, Amber fast blinking = failure or 1. Ensure disengage switch is fully
degraded engaged.
Green off, Amber slow blinking = default 2. If switch fully engaged, replace the CTP
(powering on) or beaconing card.
Green off, Amber off = powered off

CTP card ROLE LED Green on, Amber off = master CTP and No action needed.
(green/amber) active
Green off, Amber off = standby CTP and
ready
Green off, Amber fast blinking = standby
CTP and out of service
Green slow blinking, Amber off = standby
CTP and syncing, standalone mode, or
starting

LIM STATE LED (green/amber) Green on, Amber off = operational If failure indicated:
Green off, Amber fast blinking = failure or 1. Ensure disengage switch is fully
degraded engaged.
Green off, Amber slow blinking = default 2. If switch fully engaged, replace the LIM.
(powering on) or beaconing
Green off, Amber off = powered off

SWM STATE LED (green/amber) Green on, Amber off = operational If failure indicated:
Green off, Amber fast blinking = failure or 1. Ensure disengage switch is fully
degraded engaged.
Green off, Amber slow blinking = default 2. If switch fully engaged, replace the
(powering on) or beaconing SWM.
Green off, Amber off = powered off

Quick Start 3-7

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Table 3-4 Visual Indicators (LEDs) Verses Maintenance Action

Indicator (LED) Explanation Action

Port status LEDs on optical paddles, Green on, Amber off = port operational and If failure indicated, go to MAP 0500: Port
two LEDs per port (green and active with attached node Failure or Link Incident Analysis on
amber) Green on, Amber blinking = set to page 3-40.
beaconing and active with attached node
Green off, Amber off = port operational but
not communicating with attached node
Green off, Amber on = port failure
Green off, Amber blinking = set to
beaconing
Green blinking, Amber off = port actively
exchanging frames
Green blinking, Amber blinking = set to
beaconing and actively exchanging frames

Power supply LEDs (green/amber) Green AC OK on and Green DC OK on = If failure indicated, replace the power
operational supply.
Amber AC OK on or Amber DC OK on or
Amber FAULT on = failure

Fan tray LED (green/amber) Green on = operational If failure indicated, replace the fan tray.
Amber on = failure.

SNMP Hardware When an SNMP trap occurs, the trap and a unique sequence number,
Traps timestamp, and associated component number are added to the event
log. SNMP traps are comprised of proprietary EMC traps and
standard SNMP traps.
Table 3-5 lists the hardware-related traps, provides their description
and type, and recommends an action..
Table 3-5 SNMP Hardware Traps Verses Maintenance Action

Trap Name Description Action

bbBoardOffline Board is in an offline state. Informational

bbBoardPoweredOff Board is powered off. Informational

bbConfigChange Some configuration has changed. Informational

bbConnUnitSnsDeleted Entry sent whenever a deletion. Informational

bbConnUnitSnsInserted Entry sent whenever an insertion or modification. Informational

3-8 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Table 3-5 SNMP Hardware Traps Verses Maintenance Action

Trap Name Description Action

bbCounterThresholdAlert Alert sent when configured threshold was met. Informational

bbCtpRoleActive CTP is in an active state. Informational

bbCtpRoleOutOfService CTP is in out-of-service state and needs attention. Warning. If failure

indicated, go to MAP 0500:
Port Failure or Link Incident
Analysis on page 3-40.

bbCtpRoleStandAlone CTP is in a standalone state. Informational

bbCtpRoleStandbySyncing Standby CTP is syncing up. Informational

bbCtpRoleStandbyReady Standby CTP is in ready state. Informational

bbEventLogNotification Event log information. Informational

bbFabricReconfigurationStarted Fabric has started reconfiguration. Informational

bbFcLinkBitAdded A new connection was established on port. Informational

bbFcLinkBitErrorEvent Bit error rate for link exceeds a threshold. Informational

bbFcLinkFailureEvent Primitive sequence timeout. Informational

bbFcLinkInvalidEvent Invalid primitive sequence detected. Informational

bbFcLinkNoSignalEvent Loss of signal or sync. Informational

bbFcLinkNOSEvent Not operational primitive sequence received. Informational

bbFcPortDown Port is in down state. Warning. If failure

indicated, go to MAP 0500:
Port Failure or Link Incident
Analysis on page 3-40.

bbFcPortInactive Port is in inactive state. Informational

bbFcPortInvalidAttachment Port is in invalid attachment state. Informational

bbFcPortNoGbic Port does not detect GBIC (SFP, XFP). Informational

bbFcPortNotPresent Port is in not-present state. Informational

bbFcPortOffline Port status is offline. Informational

bbFcPortOnline Port status is online. Informational

bbFcPortSegmented Port (E-port) is segmented. Informational

Quick Start 3-9

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Table 3-5 SNMP Hardware Traps Verses Maintenance Action

Trap Name Description Action

bbFcPortUnaddressable Port is not addressable (10 Gbps paddle only). Informational

bbFcPortUp Port is in up state. Informational

bbFruActive A FRU transitions to an active status. Informational

bbFruBackup A FRU transitions to a backup status. Informational

bbFruFailed A FRU transitions to a failed status. Warning. If failure

indicated, go to MAP 0500:
Port Failure or Link Incident
Analysis on page 3-40.

bbFruInserted A FRU has been inserted. Informational

bbFruOfflineLedOff FRU offline LED is off. Informational

bbFruOfflineLedOn FRU offline LED is on. Informational

bbFruRemoved A FRU is removed or transitions to an unknown status. Informational

bbFruUpdateBusy A FRU transitions to an update or busy status. Informational

bbLinkIncidentLogNotification Link incident log information. Informational

bbLoginError Operator has tried and failed to log in to system. Informational

bbLoginOK Operator has logged in to system (from serial port or Informational

telnet).

bbLogout Operator has logged off the system. Informational

bbNodeShutdown Node has shutdown. Informational

bbNodeRestart Node has restarted. Informational

bbPartitionDisabled Partition is disabled. Informational

bbPartitionEnabled Partition is enabled. Informational

bbPartitionSlotAdded Slot was added to partition. Informational

bbPartitionSlotAssignmentChange Slot was assigned to a new partition. Informational

bbPartitionSlotRemoved Slot was removed from partition. Informational

bbPerfThresholdCrossingTrap Performance statistic is rising above or falling below Informational

threshold.

bbPortFailed Port shutdown due to excessive errors. Informational

3-10 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Table 3-5 SNMP Hardware Traps Verses Maintenance Action

Trap Name Description Action

bbPortOpticsNotPresent Optics not detected on port. Informational

bbRnidCreated Notification sent whenever an insertion or modification. Informational

bbRnidDeleted Notification sent whenever a deletion. Informational

bbSwitchDomainAssigned Domain ID was assigned to switch. Informational

bbSwitchMajorFailure Switch has major failure. Informational

bbSwitchMinorFailure Switch has minor failure. Informational

bbSwitchNotOperational Switch taken out-of-service. Informational

bbSwitchOperational Switch is in an operational state. Informational

bbSwitchRedundantFailure Switch has redundant resource failure. Informational

bbSystemErrorLedOn System error light is on. Informational

bbSystemErrorLedOff System error light is off. Informational

bbTemperatureSensorAboveMaxmum A board temperature sensor has risen above Informational

recommended level.

bbTemperatureSensorBelowMinimum A board temperature sensor has fallen below Informational

recommended value.

bbTemperatureSensorFaulty A board temperature sensor is faulty. Informational

bbTemperatureSensorNominal A board temperature sensor is at normal level. Informational

bbThroughputThresholdAlert Alert sent when configured threshold was met. Informational

bbTopologyChange Fabric topology was changed. Informational

bbZoningChange Fabric zoning has changed. Informational

Quick Start 3-11

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Event Codes Table 3-6 lists event codes, provides an explanation, and
recommends an action. Go to Appendix A, Event Code Tables for a
comprehensive list of all event codes.
Table 3-6 Event Codes Verses Maintenance Action

Event Code Explanation Action

001 System power-down. Power on director.

031 SNMP request received from unauthorized community. Add community name through
the Product Manager
application.

052 Connectrix Service Processor internal error. Go to MAP 0700.

062 Maximum interswitch hop count exceeded. Go to MAP 0700.

064 ESS response from indicated domain not received after maximum tries No action required.
exhausted.

070 E_Port is segmented. Go to MAP 0700.

071 Director is isolated. Go to MAP 0700.

072 E_Port connected to unsupported switch. Go to MAP 0700.

073 Fabric initialization error. Event data intended for

engineering evaluation.
Perform data collection
procedure (Collecting
Maintenance Data on
page 4–22) and return CD to
EMC support personnel.

074 ILS frame delivery error threshold exceeded. Event data intended for
engineering evaluation.
Perform data collection
procedure (Collecting
Maintenance Data on
page 4–22) and return CD to
EMC support personnel.

080 Unauthorized worldwide name. Go to MAP 0600.

081 Invalid attachment. Go to MAP 0600.

3-12 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Table 3-6 Event Codes Verses Maintenance Action

Event Code Explanation Action

090 Database replication time out. Event data intended for

engineering evaluation.
Perform data collection
procedure (Collecting
Maintenance Data on
page 4–22) and return CD to
EMC support personnel.

121 Zone set activation failed - zone set too large. Reduce size of zone set and
retry.

150 Zone merge failure. Go to MAP 0700.

151 Fabric configuration failure. If this event persists, perform

data collection procedure
(Collecting Maintenance Data
on page 4-22) and return CD
to EMC support personnel.

152 Potential fabric zone enforcement failure. Either:

• upgrade code level of
legacy switch
• use WWN zoning instead
of Domain + Port zoning
• replace legacy switch with
compatible product

200 Power supply AC voltage failure. Go to MAP 0100.

201 Power supply DC voltage failure. Go to MAP 0100.

202 Power supply thermal failure. Go to MAP 0100.

203 Power supply AC voltage recovery. No action required.

204 Power supply DC voltage recovery. No action required.

206 Power supply removed. Replace FRU.

207 Power supply installed. No action required.

322 Front top fan tray failed. Go to MAP 0500.

323 Front bottom fan tray failed. Go to MAP 0500.

324 Rear top fan tray failed. Go to MAP 0500.

325 Rear bottom fan tray failed. Go to MAP 0500.

Quick Start 3-13

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Table 3-6 Event Codes Verses Maintenance Action

Event Code Explanation Action

326 Front top fan tray installed. No action required.

327 Front bottom fan tray installed. No action required.

328 Rear top fan tray installed. No action required.

329 Front bottom fan tray installed. No action required.

330 Front top fan tray removed. Replace fan tray immediately.

331 Front bottom fan tray removed. Replace fan tray immediately.

332 Rear top fan tray removed. Replace fan tray immediately.

333 Rear bottom fan tray removed. Replace fan tray immediately.

400 Power-up diagnostic failure. Go to MAP 0200.

410 CTP card reset. No action required.

411 Firmware fault. Go to MAP 0200.

413 Backup CTP card POST failure. Go to MAP 0200.

414 Backup CTP card failed. Go to MAP 0500.

415 Backup CTP card removed. Replace FRU.

416 Backup CTP card installed. No action required.

417 CTP card firmware synchronization initiated. No action required.

418 User-initiated CTP card switchover. No action required.

419 CTP card NV-RAM failure. Go to MAP 0500.

421 Firmware download complete. No action required.

422 CTP firmware synchronization complete. No action required.

423 CTP firmware download initiated. No action required.

445 ASIC detected a system anomaly. No action required.

453 New feature key installed. No action required.

470 CTP shutdown by user. No action required.

471 CTP restart by user. No action required.

3-14 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Table 3-6 Event Codes Verses Maintenance Action

Event Code Explanation Action

472 Backup CTP takeover. Go to MAP 0500.

473 CTP shutdown due to failure. Go to MAP 0500.

474 CTP restart due to failure. Go to MAP 0500.

475 Process self-detected failure. No action required.

476 Process failure. If this event persists, perform

data collection procedure
(Collecting Maintenance Data
on page 4-22) and return CD
to EMC support personnel.

481 Partition slot removed. No action required.

482 Partition slot added. No action required.

483 Partition shutdown due to failure. Perform data collection

procedure (Collecting
Maintenance Data on
page 4-22) and return CD to
EMC support personnel.

484 Partition restart due to failure. Perform data collection

procedure (Collecting
Maintenance Data on
page 4-22) and return CD to
EMC support personnel.

500 LIM hot-insertion initiated. No action required.

501 LIM recognized. No action required.

502 LIM anomaly detected. No action required.

503 LIM hot-removal completed. No action required.

504 LIM failure. Go to MAP 0600.

505 LIM revision not supported. Go to MAP 0600.

506 Fibre Channel port failure. Go to MAP 0600.

507 Loopback diagnostics port failure. Go to MAP 0600.

508 Fibre Channel port anomaly detected. No action required.

510 SFP/XFP optical transceiver hot-insertion initiated. No action required.

Quick Start 3-15

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Table 3-6 Event Codes Verses Maintenance Action

Event Code Explanation Action

511 LIM SPP failure. Go to MAP 0600.

512 SFP/XFP optical transceiver nonfatal error. Go to MAP 0600.

513 SFP/XFP optical transceiver hot-removal completed. No action required.

514 SFP/XFP optical transceiver failure. Go to MAP 0600.

526 LIM software restart. No action required.

527 LIM software fault. Go to MAP 0600.

528 LIM firmware synchronization started. No action required.

529 LIM firmware synchronization completed. No action required.

530 LIM power-up diagnostics failure. Go to MAP 0600.

550 Optical paddle (OTPS) inserted. No action required.

551 Optical paddle (OTPS) removed. No action required.

552 Optical paddle (OTPS) failure. Go to MAP 0600.

553 Optical paddle (OTPX) inserted. No action required.

554 Optical paddle (OTPX) removed. No action required.

555 Optical paddle (OTPX) failure. Go to MAP 0600.

581 Implicit incident. Go to MAP 0600.

582 Bit error threshold exceeded. Go to MAP 0600.

583 Loss of signal or loss of synchronization. Go to MAP 0600.

584 Not operational primitive sequence (NOS) received. Go to MAP 0600.

585 Primitive sequence timeout. Go to MAP 0600.

586 Invalid primitive sequence received for current link state. Go to MAP 0600.

600 SWM hot-insertion initiated. No action required.

601 SWM recognized. No action required.

602 SWM anomaly detected. No action required.

603 SWM hot-removal completed. No action required.

3-16 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Table 3-6 Event Codes Verses Maintenance Action

Event Code Explanation Action

604 SWM failure. Go to MAP 0500.

605 SWM assembly revision not supported. Go to MAP 0500.

607 Director contains no operational SWMs. Go to MAP 0500.

800 High temperature warning (LIM thermal sensor). Go to MAP 0600.

801 Critically hot temperature warning (LIM thermal sensor). Go to MAP 0600.

802 LIM shutdown due to thermal violation. Go to MAP 0600.

805 High temperature warning (SWM thermal sensor). Go to MAP 0500.

806 Critically hot temperature warning (SWM thermal sensor). Go to MAP 0500.

807 SWM shutdown due to thermal violation. Go to MAP 0500.

810 High temperature warning (CTP card thermal sensor). Go to MAP 0500.

811 Critically hot temperature warning (CTP card thermal sensor). Go to MAP 0500.

812 CTP card shutdown due to thermal violation. Go to MAP 0500.

Quick Start 3-17

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
MAP 0000: Start MAP
This MAP describes initial fault isolation beginning at the:
◆ Director.
◆ Management server running storage area network Connectrix
Manager and Element Manager applications.
◆ Product-attached open systems interconnection (OSI) host
console.
1
Prior to fault isolation, acquire:
◆ A system configuration drawing or planning worksheet that
includes the location of the product, management interface, other
products, and device connections.
◆ The internet protocol (IP) address, gateway address, and subnet
mask for the product reporting the problem.
◆ User IDs and passwords.
Continue.
2
Ensure the product is connected to facility power. Inspect the product
for indications of being powered on, such as:
• An illuminated Power LED (green) on front bezel.
• An illuminated STATE LED (green) on active CTP card.
• Illuminated LEDs adjacent to Fibre Channel ports.
• Illuminated AC OK and DC OK LEDs (green) on power supplies.
• Audio emanations and airflow from fans.
Is the product powered on?
YES NO
↓ A power distribution problem is indicated. Go to MAP 0100:
Power Distribution Analysis on page 3-22. Exit MAP.
3
At the failed product, inspect the System Fault LED, and the LEDs
associated with the Fibre Channel ports and FRUs.
Are any amber LEDs illuminated?

3-18 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
NO YES
↓ A FRU failure, power-on self-test (POST) failure, link incident,
interswitch link (ISL) problem, fenced E_Port, or segmented
E_Port is indicated. To obtain event codes that identify the
failure, go to step 10.
4
Is the product management interface (management server or OSI host
console) powered on and operational?
NO YES
↓ Go to step 6.
5
Power on the management interface platform and launch the
associated Connectrix Manager application:
OSI host console - Refer to documentation supplied with the host
system for instructions.
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ Go to step 6.
6
Inspect the management interface for communication link failure.
Observe one of the following:
◆ The icon representing the product displays a grey square with an
exclamation mark (Connectrix Manager application).
◆ A grey square at the alert panel, a No Link status and reason, and
no visible product FRUs (Element Manager Hardware View).
Was a failure indication observed?
NO YES
↓ Communication between the product and management
interface failed. Go to MAP 0300: Loss of Server
Communication on page 3-29. Exit MAP.
Perform a data collection (Collecting Maintenance Data on page 4-22)
and contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
7
Inspect product status at the management interface:
a. For the product reporting the problem:

MAP 0000: Start MAP 3-19

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
• Connectrix Manager application - At the physical map,
right-click the status icon for the product reporting the
problem and select Element Manager from the pop-up menu.
The Element Manager opens and the Hardware View
displays.
• OSI host console - Go to step 10.
b. Inspect the status symbol associated with the product. A yellow
triangle (attention indicator) indicates the product is operating
in degraded mode. A red diamond (failure indicator) indicates
the product is not operational.
c. Inspect simulated Fibre Channel ports for a yellow triangle
(attention indicator) that overlays the FRU graphic.
d. Inspect simulated FRUs for a blinking red and yellow diamond
(failed FRU indicator) that overlays the FRU graphic.
Is a failure indicated?
NO YES
↓ A FRU failure, power-on self-test (POST) failure, link incident,
interswitch link (ISL) problem, fenced E_Port, or segmented
E_Port is indicated. To obtain event codes that identify the
failure, go to step 10.
8
A link incident may have occurred, but the LIN alerts option is not
enabled and the yellow triangle (attention indicator) does not appear.
Inspect the Link Incident Log:
a. For the product reporting the problem, select Link Incident Log
from the Logs menu at any view. The Link Incident Log displays.
b. If a link incident occurred, the port number is listed with one of
the following messages.
• Link interface incident - implicit incident.
• Link interface incident - bit-error threshold exceeded.
• Link failure - loss of signal or loss of synchronization.
• Link failure - not-operational primitive sequence (NOS)
received.
• Link failure - primitive sequence timeout.
• Link failure - invalid primitive sequence received for the
current link state.

3-20 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Did a listed message appear?
NO YES
↓ A Fibre Channel link incident is indicated. Go to MAP 0500:
Port Failure or Link Incident Analysis on page 3-40. Exit MAP.
Perform a data collection Collecting Maintenance Data on page 4-22
and contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
9
If an incident occurs on the Fibre Channel link between the product
and attached OSI server, a link incident record is generated and sent
to the server console using the reporting procedure defined in
T11/99-017v0.
Was a link incident record generated and sent to the OSI server?
NO YES
↓ A Fibre Channel link incident is indicated. Go to MAP 0500:
Port Failure or Link Incident Analysis on page 3-40. Exit MAP.
Perform a data collection (Collecting Maintenance Data on
page 4-22) and contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
10
Inspect the Event Log to obtain failure reason codes:
a. For the product reporting the problem, select Event Log from the
Logs menu at any view. The Event Log displays.
b. Record the event code and associated date, time, and severity
(Informational, Minor, Major, or Severe).
c. If multiple event codes are found, record all codes and severity
levels. Record the date, time, and sequence, and determine if all
codes are related to the reported problem. Begin fault isolation
with the most recent event code with the highest severity level.
Other codes may accompany this event code, or may indicate a
normal indication after a problem is recovered.
Were one or more event codes found?
NO YES
↓ Go to Table 3-6 on page 3-12. Exit MAP.
Return to step 1 and perform fault isolation again. If this is the second
time at this step, perform a data collection (Collecting Maintenance
Data on page 4-22) and contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.

MAP 0000: Start MAP 3-21

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
MAP 0100: Power Distribution Analysis
This MAP describes fault isolation for the product power distribution
system, including defective AC power cords or power supplies. The
failure indicator is:
◆ Failure of the product to power on.
◆ Event codes observed at the Event Log (Element Manager
interface).
1
Ensure the product is connected to facility power. Inspect the product
for indications of being powered on, such as:
• An illuminated Power LED (green) on front bezel.
• An illuminated STATE LED (green) on active CTP card.
• Illuminated LEDs adjacent to Fibre Channel ports.
• Illuminated AC OK and DC OK LEDs (green) on power
supplies.
• Audio emanations and airflow from fans.
Is the product powered on?
YES NO
↓ A power distribution problem is indicated. Go to step 4
2
Table 3-7 lists event codes, brief explanations of the codes, and the
associated steps that describe fault isolation procedures.
Table 3-7 MAP 100 Event Codes

Event
Explanation Action
Code

200 Power supply AC voltage failure. Go to step 3.

201 Power supply DC voltage failure. Go to step 3.

202 Power supply thermal failure. Go to step 6.

3-22 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
3
As indicated by visual inspection or an event code, one or more
power supplies failed and must be replaced (RRP: Power Supply on
page 5-29).
◆ The procedure is concurrent and performed while the product is
operational.
◆ Perform a data collection (Collecting Maintenance Data on
page 4-22) as part of FRU removal and replacement.

Do not remove a power supply unless a replacement FRU is available. To

avoid product overheating, a removed power supply must be replaced
within five minutes.

Was the maintenance action successful?

YES NO
↓ The product is operational. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
4
Inspect and verify facility power is within specifications:
◆ One single-phase connection for each power supply.
◆ Input power between 180 and 264 VAC, at least 15 amps.
◆ Input frequency between 47 and 63 Hz.
Is facility power within specifications?
YES NO
↓ Ask the customer to correct the facility power problem. When
corrected, continue to the next step.
5
One or more power supplies are disconnected from facility power,
improperly installed, or failed. Verify power supplies are connected
to facility power.
a. Ensure AC power cords are connected to the rear of the director
and facility power receptacles. If not, connect power cords as
directed by the customer.
b. Ensure facility circuit breakers are on. If not, ask the customer to
set breakers on.
c. Ensure the AC power switches on the power tray are on.

MAP 0100: Power Distribution Analysis 3-23

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
d. Ensure AC power cords are not damaged. If damaged, replace
the cords.
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The product is operational. Exit MAP.
6
Verify power supply operation.
a. Inspect each power supply to determine if the AC OK and DC
OK LEDs (green) are illuminated.
b. If an LED is not illuminated, ensure the indicated power supply is
correctly installed and seated. Partially remove and reseat the
power supply (RRP: Power Supply on page 5-29).
Was the maintenance action successful?
YES NO
↓ The product is operational. Exit MAP.
A power supply failure is indicated. Go to step 3.

3-24 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
MAP 0200: POST Failure Analysis
This MAP describes fault isolation for power-on self-test (POST)
failure. The failure indicator are event codes observed at the Event Log
(Element Manager interface).
1
Table 3-8 lists event codes, explanations and MAP step.

Table 3-8 MAP 200 Event Codes

Explanation Action

Power-up diagnostic failure. Go to step 2.

Firmware fault. Go to step 3.

Backup CTP card POST failure. Go to step 4.

POST/IPL diagnostics detected a FRU failure.

At the Event Log, examine the first two bytes (0 and 1) of event data.
Byte 0 indicates the failed component. Byte 1 is the slot number of the
failed FRU.
Table 3-9 lists byte 0 FRU codes and associated steps that
describe fault isolation procedures.
Table 3-9 MAP 200: Byte 0 FRU Codes

Byte 0 Failed FRU Action

03 CTP card Go to step 3.

04 SWM card Go to step 5.

05 - 08 Fan tray Go to step 6.

09 Power supply Go to step 7.

0B LIM card Go to step 8.

MAP 0200: POST Failure Analysis 3-25

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
2
A CTP card failed POSTs (indicated by a FRU code 03) and must be
removed and replaced (RRP: CTP Card on page 5-9).
◆ This procedure is concurrent and can be performed while director
power is on.
◆ Perform a data collection (Collecting Maintenance Data on
page 4-22) as part of FRU removal and replacement.

! CAUTION
Do not remove and replace a CTP card if the backup CTP card
is not fully operational and director power is on. The director
IP address, configuration data, and other operating parameters
will be lost.

Did CTP card replacement solve the problem?

NO YES
↓ The director appears operational. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
3
The backup CTP card failed POST diagnostics, and must be replaced
(RRP: CTP Card on page 5-9).
◆ This procedure is concurrent and can be performed while director
power is on.
◆ Perform a data collection (Collecting Maintenance Data on
page 4-18) as part of FRU removal and replacement.
Did CTP card replacement solve the problem?
NO YES
↓ The director appears operational. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
4
An SWM card failed POSTs (indicated by a FRU code 04) and must be
removed and replaced (RRP: Switching Module (SWM) on page 5-25).
Did SWM card replacement solve the problem?
NO YES
↓ The director appears operational. Exit MAP.

3-26 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
5
A fan tray failed POSTs (indicated by a FRU code 05-08) and must be
removed and replaced (Fan Tray (FTF/FBF or RTF/RBF) on page 5-35).
This procedure is concurrent and can be performed while director
power is on.
◆ This procedure is concurrent and can be performed while director
power is on.
◆ Perform a data collection (Collecting Maintenance Data on
page 4-18) as part of FRU removal and replacement.

! CAUTION
Do not remove a fan tray unless the replacement tray is
available. Operation of the director with only one fan tray for
an extended period may cause one or more thermal sensors to
post event codes.

Did fan tray replacement solve the problem?

NO YES
↓ The director appears operational. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
6
A power supply failed POSTs (indicated by a FRU code 09) and must
be removed and replaced (RRP: Power Supply on page 5-29).
◆ This procedure is concurrent and can be performed while director
power is on.
◆ Perform a data collection (Collecting Maintenance Data on
page 4-18) as part of FRU removal and replacement.

! CAUTION
Do not remove a power supply unless a replacement is
immediately available. To avoid director overheating, a power
supply must be replaced within five minutes.

MAP 0200: POST Failure Analysis 3-27

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Did power supply replacement solve the problem?
NO YES
↓ The director appears operational. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
7
A LIM card failed POSTs (indicated by FRU code 0B) and must be
removed and replaced (RRP: Line Module (LIM) on page 5-14).
◆ This procedure is concurrent and can be performed while director
power is on.
◆ Perform a data collection (Collecting Maintenance Data on
page 4-18) as part of FRU removal and replacement.
Did LIM card replacement solve the problem?
NO YES
↓ The director appears operational. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
8
POST/IPL diagnostics detected a firmware failure and performed an
online dump. All Fibre Channel ports reset after the failure and
devices momentarily logout, login, and resume operation.
Perform a data collection(Collecting Maintenance Data on page 4-22)
procedure and return the CD to EMC for analysis. Exit MAP.

3-28 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
MAP 0300: Loss of Server Communication
This MAP describes fault isolation for the product to management
server LAN connection. The failure indicator is:
◆ The icon representing the product displays a grey square with an
exclamation mark (Connectrix Manager application).
◆ A grey square at the alert panel, a No Link status and reason, and
no visible product FRUs (Element Manager Hardware View).

! CAUTION
Prior to servicing a director, management server, or
customer-supplied server, determine the Ethernet LAN
configuration. Installation of directors and the server on a public
customer intranet can complicate problem determination and fault
isolation.

Upon restart, it may take up to five minutes for the management interface
logical connection to activate. This delay is normal.

1
A status icon (grey square with yellow exclamation mark) appears at
the Connectrix Manager application, indicating the management
server cannot communicate with the product because:
• AC power distribution for the product failed or AC power was
disconnected.
• The director CTP card failed.
Continue.
2
Ensure the product is connected to facility power. Inspect the product
for indications of being powered on, such as:
• An illuminated Power LED (green) on front bezel.
• An illuminated STATE LED (green) on active CTP card.
• Illuminated LEDs adjacent to Fibre Channel ports.
• Illuminated AC OK and DC OK LEDs (green) on power supplies.
• Audio emanations and airflow from fans.
Is the product powered on?

MAP 0300: Loss of Server Communication 3-29

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
YES NO
↓ A power distribution problem is indicated. Go to MAP 0100:
Power Distribution Analysis on page 3-22. Exit MAP.
3
At the Connectrix Manager application’s physical map, right-click the
status icon for the product reporting the problem and select Element
Manager from the pop-up menu. The Element Manager opens and
the Hardware View displays:
• A grey square appears at the alert panel.
• No product FRUs are visible.
• The Status table is yellow, the Status field displays No Link,
and the Reason field displays an error message listed in Table
3-10.

Table 3-10 MAP 300: Eror Messages

Error Message Action

Never connected. Go to step 5.

Link timeout. Go to step 5.

Protocol mismatch. Go to step 12.

Duplicate session. Go to step 18.

Unknown network address. Go to step 18.

Incorrect product type. Go to step 19.

4
Transmit or receive errors for the Ethernet adapter exceeded a
threshold, the link was not connected, or the link timed out. A
problem with the Ethernet cable, Ethernet hubs, or other
LAN-attached device is indicated. Verify the product is connected to
the management server through one or more Ethernet hubs:
a. Ensure an RJ-45 Ethernet cable connects the product to a hub. If
not, connect the cable as directed by the customer.
b. Ensure an RJ-45 Ethernet cable connects the management server
to a hub. If not, connect the cable as directed by the customer.

3-30 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
c. Ensure Ethernet cables are not damaged. If damaged, replace the
cables.
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The management server connection is restored. Exit MAP.
5
Does the configuration use multiple Ethternet hubs connected in a
star, or hub and spoke configuration, with the central/main hub
being one in which the service processor is located?
YES NO
↓ Go to step 11.
6
Run a length of cable from an available port, except port 24, to the
other hub. When connecting the other end to the other hub, connect it
to port 24 and set the MDI switch to the "In" position. Alternatively, a
"cross-over" Ethernet cable can be used to connect the hubs together.
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓The management server connection is restored. Exit MAP.
7
Verify operation of Ethernet hubs. Inspect each hub for indications of
being powered on, such as:
• Green Power LED illuminated.
• Green Status LEDs illuminated.
Is a failure indicated?
YES NO
↓ Go to step 9.
8
Remove and replace the Ethernet hub. Refer to supporting
documentation for instructions.
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The management server connection is restored. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.

MAP 0300: Loss of Server Communication 3-31

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
9
A problem with LAN-attached device is indicated.
• If the problem is associated with another fabric element or
management server, go to MAP 0000: Start MAP on page 3-18 to
isolate the problem for that product. Exit MAP.
• If the problem is associated with an unrelated device, inform the
customer for problem resolution.
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The management server connection is restored. Exit MAP.
10
• The Ethernet adapter on the director CTP card reset in response
to an error. The connection to the management server
terminated briefly, then recovered upon reset.
Perform a data collection (Collecting Maintenance Data on page 4-22)
and return the CD to support personnel for analysis. Exit MAP.
11
A protocol mismatch occurred because the Connectrix Manager
application and the product firmware are not at compatible release
levels. Recommend to the customer the downlevel version (software
or firmware) be upgraded.
Does the Connectrix Manager application require upgrade?
YES NO
↓ Go to step 13.
12
Upgrade the Connectrix Manager application (Installing or Upgrading
Software on page 4-34).
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The management server connection is restored. Exit MAP.
13
Product firmware upgrade is required (Downloading Director Firmware
and Software on page 4–26). Perform a data collection (Collecting
Maintenance Data on page 4-22) after the upgrade.
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
3-32 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
↓ The management server connection is restored. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
14
An instance of the Connectrix Manager application is open at another
management server and communicating with the product (duplicate
session). Inform the customer and either:
• Power off the server running the second instance of the
application.
• Configure the server running the second instance of the
application as a client workstation.
Does the customer want the second server configured as a client?
YES NO
↓ Power off the server reporting the Duplicate Session
problem. Exit MAP.
15
Determine the IP address of the management server running the first
instance of the Connectrix Manager application.
a. After the server powers on and successfully completes POSTs,
the LCD panel displays a Welcome!! message and continuously
cycles through and displays operational information.
b. After a few seconds, the LCD panel displays a LAN 2:
010.001.001.001 message.
c. Depending on product-to-server LAN connectivity, record the
appropriate IP address (LAN 1 or LAN 2).
Continue.
16
Configure the management server reporting the Duplicate Session
problem as a client.
a. At the Connectrix Manager application, select Logout from the
SAN menu. The application closes and the Log In dialog box
displays.
b. Type the user ID and password obtained in MAP 0000: Start
MAP on page 3–18.
c. Type the IP address of the management server running the first
instance of the Connectrix Manager application in the Network
Address field.

MAP 0300: Loss of Server Communication 3-33

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
d. Click Login. The application opens and the main window
displays.
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The management server connection is restored and the
second management server is a client. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
17
The IP address defining the product to the Connectrix Manager
application is incorrect or unknown and must be verified. An
asynchronous RS-232 modem cable and maintenance terminal
(desktop or notebook PC) with a Windows-based operating system
and RS-232 serial communication software (such as ProComm Plus or
HyperTerminal) are required. To verify the IP address:
a. Connect one end of the RS-232 modem cable to the 9-pin
maintenance port on the active CTP card. The active CTP card is
identified by the green Role LED.

CLI commands cannot be executed on the standby CTP card.

b. Connect the other cable end to a 9-pin serial communication port

(COM1 or COM2) at the rear of the maintenance terminal PC.
c. Power on the maintenance terminal. At the Windows desktop,
click Start at the left side of the task bar. The Windows Workstation
menu displays.
d. At the Windows Workstation menu, sequentially select the
Programs, Accessories, Communications, and HyperTerminal
options. The Connection Description dialog box displays.
e. Type a descriptive product name in the Name field and click OK.
The Connect To dialog box displays.
f. Ensure the Connect using field displays COM1 or COM2
(depending on the port connection to the product), and click OK.
The COMn Properties dialog box displays, where n is 1 or 2.
g. Configure Port Settings parameters:
• Bits per second — 57600.
• Data bits — 8.
• Parity — None.

3-34 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
• Stop bits — 1.
• Flow control — Hardware.
Click OK. The New Connection - HyperTerminal window
displays.
h. At the login prompt type Administrator with a password of
password.
i. At the EOS# prompt, type the system ip command and press
ENTER. The New Connection - HyperTerminal window
displays.
j. Record the product IP address.
k. Select Exit from the File pull-down menu. A HyperTerminal
message box appears.
l. Click Yes. A second message box appears. Click No to exit and
close the application.
m. Power off the maintenance terminal and disconnect the modem
cable.
Continue.
18
Define the product IP address (determined in step 17) to the
management server.
a. At the Connectrix Manager application, select Setup from the
Discover menu. The Discover Setup dialog box displays.
b. Ensure the product to be reconfigured is moved from the Selected
Individual Addresses list to the Available Addresses list. Select
(highlight) the product and click Edit. The Address Properties
dialog box displays with the IP Address page open.
c. Type the correct product IP address in the IP Address field.
d. Move the reconfigured product from the Available Addresses list
to the Selected Individual Addresses list.
e. Click OK to save the address, close the dialog box, and redefine
the product to the Connectrix Manager application.
f. Click OK to close the Discover Setup dialog box.
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The management server connection is restored. Exit MAP.

MAP 0300: Loss of Server Communication 3-35

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
19
An incorrect product type is defined to the management server.
a. At the Connectrix Manager application, select Setup from the
Discover menu. The Discover Setup dialog box displays.
b. Ensure the incorrect product (to be deleted) is moved from the
Selected Individual Addresses list to the Available
Addresses list. Select (highlight) the product and click Delete.
The product is deleted.
c. Click Add. The Address Properties dialog box displays with
the IP Address page open.
d. Type a product description in the Description field.
e. Type the product IP address (determined by the network
administrator) in the IP Address field.
f. Type the product subnet mask (determined by the network
administrator) in the Subnet Mask field.
g. Click the Product Type and Access tab. Select Switch from the
Product Type drop-down list and type customer-specified values
in the User ID, Password, and Retype Password fields.
h. Click OK to close the dialog box and define the new product
configuration to the Connectrix Manager application.
i. Click OK to close the Discover Setup dialog box.
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The management server connection is restored. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.

3-36 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
MAP 0400: FRU Failure Analysis
This MAP describes fault isolation for product FRUs. The failure
indicator is:
◆ Illumination of the associated amber LED.
◆ Event codes observed at the Event Log (Element Manager
interface).
1
Table 3-11 lists event codes, explanations, and MAP steps.
Table 3-11 MAP 400 Event Codes

Event
Code Explanation Action

322 Front top fan tray failed. Go to step 2.

323 Front bottom fan tray failed. Go to step 2.

324 Rear top fan tray failed. Go to step 2.

325 Rear bottom fan tray failed. Go to step 2.

414 Backup CTP card failed. Go to step 4.

419 CTP card NV-RAM failure. Go to step 4.

472 Backup CTP takeover. Go to step 4.

473 CTP shutdown due to failure. Go to step 4.

474 CTP restart due to failure. Go to step 4.

604 SWM failure. Go to step 7.

605 SWM card revision not supported. Go to step 5.

607 Director contains no operational SWM cards. Go to step 7.

805 High temperature warning (SWM card thermal sensor). Go to step 6.

806 Critically hot temperature warning (SWM card thermal Go to step 6.

sensor).

810 High temperature warning (CTP card thermal sensor). Go to step 3.

811 Critically hot temperature warning (CTP card thermal Go to step 3.

sensor).

MAP 0400: FRU Failure Analysis 3-37

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
2
Visual inspection (amber LED illuminated) or event codes indicate
one or more cooling fans failed.
Replace the fan tray (Fan Tray (FTF/FBF or RTF/RBF) on page 5-35).
◆ The procedure is concurrent and performed while the product is
operational.
◆ Perform a data collection (Collecting Maintenance Data on
page 4-22) as part of FRU replacement.

Do not remove a fan tray unless a replacement FRU is available. To avoid

product overheating, a fan tray must be replaced within five minutes.

Was the maintenance action successful?

YES NO
↓ Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
The product is operational. Exit MAP.
3
An intermittent thermal problem may indicate a CTP card failure.
Reset the director (Reset the Director on page 4-27).
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The product is operational. Exit MAP.
4
Visual inspection (amber LED illuminated) or event codes indicate a
CTP card failed.
Replace the CTP card (RRP: CTP Card on page 5-9).
◆ The procedure is concurrent and performed while the product is
operational.
◆ Perform a data collection (Collecting Maintenance Data on
page 4-22) as part of FRU replacement.

Do not remove a CTP card if the backup CTP card is not fully operational and
director power is on; otherwise the director IP address, configuration data,
and other operating parameters will be lost.

Was the maintenance action successful?

3-38 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
YES NO
↓ Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
The product is operational. Exit MAP.
5
An SWM card is not recognized by director firmware because the
SWM card revision is not supported of the SWM card failed. Advise
the customer of the problem and determine the correct firmware
version to download.
Download the firmware (Downloading Director Firmware on
page 4-31). Perform a data collection (Collecting Maintenance Data on
page 4-22) after the download.
Did the firmware download solve the problem?
NO YES
a. ↓The director appears operational. Exit MAP.
Go to step 7.
6
An intermittent thermal problem may indicate a SWM card failure.
Reset the director (Reset the Director on page 4-27).
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The product is operational. Exit MAP.
7
Visual inspection (amber LED illuminated) or event codes indicate an
SWM card failed.
Replace the SWM card (RRP: Switching Module (SWM) on page 5-25).
The procedure is concurrent and performed while the product is
operational.
Perform a data collection (Collecting Maintenance Data on page 4-22)
as part of FRU replacement.
Was the maintenance action successful?
YES NO
↓ Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
The product is operational. Exit MAP.

MAP 0400: FRU Failure Analysis 3-39

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
MAP 0500: Port Failure or Link Incident Analysis
This MAP describes fault isolation for the LIMs, optical paddles, SFP
and XFP optical transceivers; and for Fibre Channel link incidents.
Failure indicators include:
◆ Event codes observed at the Event Log (Element Manager
interface).
◆ Event codes observed at the console of an open systems
interconnection (OSI) server attached to the product reporting the
problem.
◆ An error message observed at the Link Incident Log (Element
Manager interface).
1
Table 3-12 lists event codes, brief explanations of the codes, and
associated steps that describe fault isolation procedures.
Table 3-12 MAP 500 Event Codes

Event
Explanation Action
Code

080 Unauthorized worldwide name Go to step 17.

081 Invalid attachment Go to step 4.

504 LIM card failure Go to step 6.

505 LIM card revision not supported Go to step 25.

506 Fibre Channel port failure Go to step 6.

507 Loopback diagnostics port failure Go to step 14.

511 LIM SPP failure Go to step 6.

512 SFP/XFP optical transceiver nonfatal error Go to step 6.

514 SFP/XFP optical transceiver failure Go to step 6.

527 LIM card revision not supported Go to step 25.

530 LIM power-up diagnostics failure Go to step 6.

552 Optical paddle (OTPS) failure Go to step 6.

555 Optical paddle (OTPX) failure Go to step 6.

581 Implicit incident Go to step 20.

3-40 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Table 3-12 MAP 500 Event Codes

Event
Explanation Action
Code

582 Bit error threshold exceeded Go to step 20.

583 Loss of signal or loss of synchronization Go to step 20.

584 Not operational primitive sequence received Go to step 20.

585 Primitive sequence timeout Go to step 20.

586 Invalid primitive sequence received for current link state Go to step 20.

800 High temperature warning (LIM card thermal sensor) Go to step 7.

801 Critically hot temperature warning (LIM card thermal Go to step 7.

sensor)

802 LIM card shutdown due to thermal violation Go to step 7.

2
Table xx lists link incident messages and MAP steps.

Table 3-13 Link Incident Messages

Explanation Action

Link interface incident - implicit incident. Go to step 20.

Link interface incident - bit-error threshold exceeded. Go to step 20.

Link failure - loss of signal or loss of synchronization. Go to step 20.

Link failure - not-operational primitive sequence (NOS) received. Go to step 20.

Link failure - primitive sequence timeout. Go to step 20.

Link failure - invalid primitive sequence received for current link Go to step 20.
state.

3
The eight-byte (16-digit) worldwide name (WWN) is not valid or an
unconfigured nickname was used.

MAP 0500: Port Failure or Link Incident Analysis 3-41

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
a. For the product reporting the problem, select the Node List
tab at any view. The Node List View displays (Element
Manager).
b. At the Port WWN column, inspect the WWN assigned to the port
or attached device.
c. The WWN must be entered in (XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX)
format or must be a valid nickname. Ensure a valid WWN or
nickname is entered.
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The product port is operational. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
4
A port has an invalid attachment.
a. At the Event Log, examine the first five bytes of event data.
b. Byte 0 specifies the port reporting the problem. Byte 4 specifies
the invalid attachment reason (Table 3-14).
Table 3-14 Invalid Attachment Reasons and Actions

Byte 4 Reason Action

01 Unknown Contact the next level

of support.

02 ISL connection not allowed Go to step 5.

03, 04 Incompatible switch Go to step .

05 Loopback plug connected Go to step 7.

06 N-Port connection not allowed Go to step 5.

07 Non-EMC switch at other end Go to step .

0A Unauthorized port binding WWN Go to step 17.

0B Unresponsive node Go to step .

0C ESA security mismatch Go to step 14.

0D Fabric binding mismatch Go to step .

3-42 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Table 3-14 Invalid Attachment Reasons and Actions

Byte 4 Reason Action

0E Authorization failure reject Go to step .

0F Unauthorized switch binding WWN Go to step .

11 Fabric mode mismatch Go to step .

5
A connection is not allowed because of a conflict with the configured
port type. An expansion port (E_Port) is cabled to a Fibre Channel
device or a fabric port (F_Port) is cabled to a director or fabric switch.
a. For the product reporting the problem. select Ports from the
Configure menu at any view. The Configure Ports dialog box
displays.
b. If necessary, use the vertical scroll bar to display the information
row for the port indicating an invalid attachment.
c. Select (click) the Type field and configure the port as follows:
• Select fabric port (F_Port) if the port is cabled to a device.
• Select expansion port (E_Port) if the port is cabled to a
director or switch (ISL).
Click OK or Activate.
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The product port is operational. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
6
An ISL connection is not allowed because one of the following
mode-mismatch conditions was detected:
• The product is configured to operate in Open Fabric 1.0 mode
and is connected to a fabric element not configured to Open
Fabric 1.0 mode.
• The product is configured to operate in Open Fabric 1.0 mode
and is connected to a legacy EMC switch at the incorrect
exchange link parameter (ELP) revision level.

MAP 0500: Port Failure or Link Incident Analysis 3-43

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
• The product is configured to operate in Open Fabric 1.0 mode
and is connected to a non-McDATA switch at the incorrect ELP
revision level.
• The product is configured to operate in EMC Fabric 1.0 mode
and is connected to a non-EMC switch.
Reconfigure the director operating mode:
a. Set the product offline (Powering the Director On or Off on
page 4-24).
b. For the product reporting the problem, select Operating
Parameters and Fabric Parameters from the
Configuration menu at any view. The Configure Fabric
Parameters dialog box displays.
c. Select EMC Fabric 1.0 or Open Fabric 1.0 from the Interop
Mode drop-down list.
• Select the EMC Fabric 1.0 if the product is attached only to
other EMC directors or switches that are also operating in
EMC Fabric 1.0 mode.
• Select the Open Fabric 1.0 if the product is attached to
directors or switches produced by open-fabric original
equipment manufacturers (OEMs).
d. Click Activate to save the selection and close the window.

Was the maintenance action successful?

NO YES
↓ The director appears operational. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
7
A loopback (wrap) plug is connected to the port with no diagnostic
running. Remove the plug from the port receptacle. If directed by the
customer, connect a fiber-optic jumper cable attaching a device to the
product.
• If the port is operational with no device attached, both LEDs
adjacent to the port extinguish and the port state is No Light.
• If the port is operational with a device attached, the
blue/green LED illuminates, the amber LED extinguishes, and
the port state is Online.
Was the maintenance action successful?

3-44 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
NO YES
↓ The product port is operational. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
8
An ISL connection is not allowed because the E_Port capability
is disabled. Install the full-fabric PFE key to enable
E_Port cabability.
(Task 14: Configure the Element Manager Application on page 2-39)
9
The connection timed out because of an unresponsive device or an
ISL security violation (authorization failure reject). Check port status
and clean fiber-optic components.
a. Inform the customer the port will be blocked. Ensure the system
administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic and sets
attached devices offline.
b. Block the port (Cleaning Fiber-Optic Components on page 4-29).
c. Clean fiber-optic connectors (Cleaning Fiber-Optic Components on
page 4-29).
d. Unblock the port (Cleaning Fiber-Optic Components on page 4-29).
e. Monitor port operation for approximately five minutes.
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The product port is operational. Exit MAP.
10
Inspect and service host bus adapters (HBAs).
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The product port is operational. Exit MAP.
11
◆ A connection is not allowed because of a switch binding or
exchange security attribute (ESA) feature mismatch. Switch
binding parameters must be compatible for both fabric elements.
At the Element Manager, ensure switch binding is enabled, the

MAP 0500: Port Failure or Link Incident Analysis 3-45

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
connection policy is compatible, and switch membership lists are
compatible for both elements (Connectrix Enterprise Director
ED-10000M User Guide, P/N 300-002-400, Rev A01).
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The product port is operational. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
12
A connection is not allowed because of a fabric binding mismatch.
Fabric membership lists must be compatible for both elements. At the
Connectrix Manager application, ensure fabric binding is enabled
and fabric membership lists are compatible for both elements
(Connectrix Manager Versionj 8.7.1 User Guide, P/N 300-001-401,
Rev01).
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The director appears operational. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
13
A port is set to an inactive state.
a. At the Event Log, examine the first two bytes of event data.
a. Byte 0 specifies the port reporting the problem. Byte 1 specifies
the inactive reason (Table 3-15).

Table 3-15 Inactive Port Reasons and Actions

Byte 1 Inactive Port Reason Action

03 Switch speed conflict. Go to step 13.

04 Optics speed conflict. Go to step 13.

06 Port swap conflict. Go to step 14.

3-46 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
14
A port is inactive because the:
◆ Port cannot operate at the product speed.
◆ Optical transceiver does not support the configured port speed.
Change the port speed to be compatible with the midplane or optical
transceiver speed.
a. For the product reporting the problem, select Ports from the
Configure menu at any view. The Configure Ports dialog box
displays.
b. If necessary, use the vertical scroll bar to display the information
row for the inactive port.
c. Select (click) the Speed field and configure the port.
d. Click OK or Activate.
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓The product port is operational. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
15
A port is inactive because the port swap configuration is invalid.
Perform a port swap procedure (Element Manager only), ensure the
configuration is valid, and ensure the port address matches the
hardware configuration definition (HCD) of the attached host
(Collecting Maintenance Data on page 4-22). Exit MAP.
16
A LIM card is not recognized by director firmware because the
firmware version is not supported or the LIM card failed. Advise the
customer of the problem and determine the correct firmware version
to download from the management server or customer-supplied
server.
Download the firmware (Installing or Upgrading Software on
page 4-34). Perform a data collection (Collecting Maintenance Data
on page 4-22) after the download.
Did the firmware download solve the problem?
NO YES
↓ The director appears operational. Exit MAP.

MAP 0500: Port Failure or Link Incident Analysis 3-47

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
A LIM card failure is indicated. Go to step 15.
17
A port failed a loopback test. Reset the failed port.
a. At the Element Manager Hardware View, right-click the port. A
pop-up menu appears.
b. Select Reset Port. The message This operation will cause a link
reset to be sent to the attached device displays.
c. Click OK. The port resets.
d. Perform an external loopback test for the reset port (Performing
Loopback Tests on page 4-16).
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The product port is operational. Exit MAP.
18
A port failed and the optical tranceiver must be replaced (Optical
Transceivers (SFP or XFP) on page 5-22).
◆ The procedure is concurrent and perforomed while the product is
operational.
◆ Replace teh transceiver with a transceiver of the same type
(shortwave or longwave) and speed.
◆ Perform an external loopback test (Performing Loopback Tests on
page 4-16).

Event code 514 may generate a call-home event that incorrectly indicates a
CTP card failure.

19
A port failed and the optical transceiver must be replaced (RRP:
Optical Paddle (OTPS or OTPX) on page 5-19).
Did optical paddle replacement solve the problem?
NO YES
↓ The director appears operational. Exit MAP.
20
A LIM card failed and the card must be replaced (RRP: Line Module
(LIM) on page 5-14).

3-48 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
◆ This procedure is concurrent and can be performed while director
power is on.
◆ Notify the customer that all ports on the defective card are to be
blocked. Ensure the customer system administrator quiesces
Fibre Channel frame traffic through any operational ports on the
card and sets attached devices offline.
◆ Perform an external loopback test for all ports on the replacement
card as part of FRU removal and replacement
(X-RefEmphasisparatextefault ¶ Fonton page\ - Performing
Loopback Tests on page 4-16).
◆ Perform a data collection ( X-RefEmphasisparatextefault ¶
Fonton page\ - Collecting Maintenance Data on page 4-22) as part
of FRU removal and replacement.
Did LIM card replacement solve the problem?
NO YES
↓ The director appears operational. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
21
A message appeared in the Link Incident Log or an event code 581,
582, 583, 584, 585, or 586 was observed at the console of an OSI
server attached to the product reporting the problem. Clear the link
incident (Element Manager only).
a. At the Hardware View, right-click the port. A pop-up menu
appears.
b. Select Clear Link Incident Alert(s). The Clear Link
Incident Alert(s) dialog box displays.
c. Select the This port (n) only radio button and click OK. The link
incident clears.
d. Monitor port operation for approximately five minutes.
Did the link incident recur?
YES NO
↓ The problem is transient and the product port is operational.
Exit MAP.
22
Clean fiber-optic components.

MAP 0500: Port Failure or Link Incident Analysis 3-49

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
a. Inform the customer the port will be blocked. Ensure the system
administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic and sets
attached devices offline.
b. Block the port (Cleaning Fiber-Optic Components on page 4-29).
c. Clean fiber-optic connectors ( X-RefEmphasisparatextefault ¶
Fonton page\ - Cleaning Fiber-Optic Components on page 4-29).
d. Unblock the port (Cleaning Fiber-Optic Components on page 4-29).
e. Monitor port operation for approximately five minutes.
Did the link incident recur?
YES NO
↓ The product port is operational. Exit MAP.

23
Disconnect the fiber-optic jumper cable from the port and connect the
cable to a spare port.
Is a link incident reported at the new port?
YES NO
↓ The port reporting the problem is causing the link incident.
This indicates port degradation and a possible pending
failure. Go to step 17.
24
Ensure the attached fiber-optic jumper cable is not bent and
connectors are not damaged. If the cable is bent or connectors are
damaged:
a. Inform the customer the port will be blocked. Ensure the system
administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic and sets
attached devices offline.
b. Block the port (Cleaning Fiber-Optic Components on page 4-29).
c. Remove and replace the fiber-optic jumper cable.
d. Unblock the port (Cleaning Fiber-Optic Components on page 4-29).
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓The product port is operational. Exit MAP.

3-50 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
25
The attached device is causing the recurrent link incident. Inform the
customer of the problem and have the system administrator:
a. Inspect and verify operation of the attached device.
b. Repair the attached device if a failure is indicated.
c. Monitor port operation for approximately five minutes.
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The product port is operational. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.

MAP 0500: Port Failure or Link Incident Analysis 3-51

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
MAP 0600: Fabric or ISL, Problem Analysis
This MAP describes fault isolation for fabric, interswitch link (ISL),
fenced E_Port, and segmented E_Port problems. The failure indicator
is an event code observed at the Event Log (Element Manager
interface).
1
Table 3-16 lists event codes, explanations, and MAP steps
Table 3-16 MAP 600: Event Codes

Event
Explanation Action
Code

052 Connectrix Service Processor internal error Go to step 5.

062 Maximum interswitch hop count exceeded Go to step 6.

070 E_Port is segmented Go to step 7.

071 Director is isolated Go to step 7.

072 E_Port connected to unsupported switch Go to step 12.

150 Zone merge failure Go to step 17.

2
A minor error occurred that caused the Management Server database
to be re-initialized to an empty state and fail CRC validation. A
disruptive server logout and login occurred for all attached devices.
Devices resume operation after Management Server login. Perform a
data collection (Collecting Maintenance Data on page 4-22) and send
the CD to support personnel for analysis. Exit MAP.
3
Fabric Controller software detected a path to another fabric element
(director or switch) that traverses more than three interswitch links
(hops). Fibre Channel frames may persist in the fabric longer than
timeout values allow.
Advise the customer of the problem and reconfigure the fabric so the
path between any two fabric elements does not traverse more than
three hops.
Was the maintenance action successful?

3-52 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
NO YES
↓ The fabric, ISL, and product are operational. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
4
An event code 070 indicates an E_Port detected an incompatibility
with an attached fabric element, segmented the port, and prevented
fabric participation. A segmented E_port cannot transmit Class 2 or
Class 3 Fibre Channel traffic.
Event code 071 indicates the product is isolated from all fabric
elements, and is accompanied by an event code 070 for each
segmented E_Port. Event code 071 is resolved when all 070 events
are corrected. Obtain supplementary event data as follows:
a. At the Event Log, examine the first five bytes of event data.
b. Byte 0 specifies the segmented E_port. Byte 4 specifies the
segmentation reason as listed in Table 3-17. The reason also
displays at the Port Properties dialog box (Element Manager).

Table 3-17 E_Port Segmentation Reasons and Actions

Byte 4 Segmentation Reason Action

01 Incompatible operating parameters Go to step 8.

02 Duplicate domain IDs Go to step 9.

03 Incompatible zoning configurations Go to step 10.

04 Build fabric protocol error Go to step 11.

05 No principal switch Go to step 13.

06 No response from attached switch (help timeout). Go to step 15.

5
An E_Port segmented because the error detect time out value
(E_D_TOV) or resource allocation time out value (R_A_TOV) is
incompatible with the attached fabric element.
a. Contact customer support or engineering personnel to
determine the recommended E_D_TOV and R_A_TOV values
for both fabric elements.
b. Inform the customer both products will be set offline. Ensure the
system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic and
sets attached devices offline.

MAP 0600: Fabric or ISL, Problem Analysis 3-53

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
c. Set both products offline (Powering the Director On or Off on
page 4-24).
d. For the first product reporting the problem, select Operating
Parameters and Fabric Parameters from the Configure
menu at any view. The Configure Fabric Parameters dialog
box displays.
e. Type the recommended E_D_TOV and R_A_TOV values, then
click OK or Activate.
f. Repeat steps d and e at the second product (attached to the
segmented E_Port). Use the same E_D_TOV and R_A_TOV
values.
g. Set both products online (Powering the Director On or Off on
page 4-24).
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The fabric, ISL, and product are operational. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
6
An E_Port segmented because two fabric elements had duplicate
domain IDs.
a. Determine the desired domain ID (1 through 31 inclusive) for
each product.
b. Inform the customer both products will be set offline. Ensure the
system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic and
sets attached devices offline.
c. Set both products offline (Powering the Director On or Off on
page 4-24).
d. For the first product reporting the problem, select Switch
Parameters and Fabric Parameters from the Configure
menu at any view. The Configure Switch Parameters dialog
box displays.
e. Type the customer-determined preferred domain ID value, then
click OK or Activate.
f. Repeat steps step d and step e at the second product (attached to
the segmented E_Port). Use a different preferred domain ID
value.

3-54 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
g. Set both products online (Powering the Director On or Off on
page 4-24).
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The fabric, ISL, and product are operational. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
7
An E_Port segmented because two products had incompatible
zoning configurations. An identical zone name is recognized in the
active zone set for both products, but the zones contain different
members.
a. Determine the desired zone name change for one of the affected
products. Zone names must conform to the following rules:
• The name must be 64 characters or fewer in length.
• The first character must be a letter (a through z), upper or
lower case.
• Other characters must be alphanumeric (a through z
or 0 through 9), dollar sign ($), hyphen (-), caret (^), or
underscore (_).
b. At the Connectrix Manager application, inspect names in the
active zone set to determine the incompatible zone name, then
modify the name as directed by the customer (Connectrix
Manager Version 8.7.1 User Guide, P/N 300-001-472, Rev A03).
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The fabric, ISL, and product are operational. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
A director E_Port is connected to an unsupported switch or fabric
element.
Advise the customer of the problem and disconnect the interswitch
link to the unsupported switch. Exit MAP.

MAP 0600: Fabric or ISL, Problem Analysis 3-55

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
8
An E_Port segmented because a build fabric protocol error was
detected.
a. Disconnect the fiber-optic jumper cable from the segmented
E_Port.
b. Reconnect the cable to the same port.
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The fabric, ISL, and product are operational. Exit MAP.
9
Reset the product (Reset the Director on page 4-27).
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The fabric, ISL, and product are operational. Exit MAP.
Perform a data collection ( X-RefEmphasisparatextefault ¶ Fonton
page\ - Collecting Maintenance Data on page 4-22) and contact the next
level of support. Exit MAP.
10
An E_Port segmented because no product in the fabric is capable of
becoming the principal switch.
a. Inform the customer the product will be set offline. Ensure the
system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic and
sets attached devices offline.
b. Set the product offline (Powering the Director On or Off on
page 4-24).
c. For the product reporting the problem, select Operating
Parameters and Fabric Parameters from the Configure
menu at any view. The Configure Fabric Parameters dialog
box displays.
d. At the Switch Priority field, select Principal, Never
Principal, or Default, then click OK or Activate. The switch
priority value designates the fabric’s principal switch, which is
assigned a priority of 1 and controls the allocation and
distribution of domain IDs for all fabric elements (including
itself).

3-56 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Principal is the highest priority setting, Default is the next
highest, and Never Principal is the lowest priority setting.
The setting Never Principal means the fabric element is
incapable of becoming a principal switch. If all elements are set
to Principal or Default, the element with the highest priority
and the lowest WWN becomes the principal switch. At least one
element in a multiswitch fabric must be set as Principal or
Default. If all elements are set to Never Principal, all ISLs
segment.
e. Set the product online (Powering the Director On or Off on
page 4-24).
Was the maintenance action successful?
NO YES
↓ The fabric, ISL, and product are operational. Exit MAP.
Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
11
An E_Port segmented (operational product) because a response (hello
timeout) to a verification check indicates an attached switch is not
operational.
a. Perform a data collection (Collecting Maintenance Data on
page 4-22)at the operational product and send the CD to support
personnel for analysis. This information may assist in fault
isolating the failed switch.
b. Go to MAP 0000: Start MAP on page 3-18 and perform fault
isolation for the failed switch. Exit MAP.
12
A product E_Port is connected to an unsupported fabric element.
Advise the customer of the problem and disconnect the ISL to the
unsupported fabric element. Exit MAP.
13
A 150 event code indicates a zone merge failed during ISL
initialization. Either an incompatible zone set was detected or a
problem occurred during delivery of a zone merge frame. This event
code always precedes a 070 event code, and represents the reply of an
adjacent fabric element in response to a zone merge frame.
Obtain supplementary event data for each 150 event code.
a. Examine the first 12 bytes (0 through 11) of event data.

MAP 0600: Fabric or ISL, Problem Analysis 3-57

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
b. Bytes 0 through 3 specify the E_Port number reporting the
problem. Bytes 8 through 11 specify the failure reason
(Table 3-18).

Table 3-18 Bytes 8 through 11 Failure Reasons and Actions

Bytes 8 - 11 Failure Reason Action

01 Invalid data length Go to step 14.

08 Invalid zone set format Go to step 14.

09 Invalid data Go to step 15.

0A Cannot merge Go to step 15.

F0 Retry limit reached Go to step 14.

F1 Invalid response length Go to step 14.

F2 Invalid response code Go to step 14.

14
A zone merge failed during ISL initialization. The following list
explains the reason:
◆ Failure reason 01—An invalid data length condition caused an
error in a zone merge frame.
◆ Failure reason 08—An invalid zone set format caused an error in
a zone merge frame.
◆ Failure reason F0—A retry limit reached condition caused an
error in a zone merge frame.
◆ Failure reason F1—An invalid response length condition caused
an error in a zone merge frame.
◆ Failure reason F2—An invalid response code caused an error in a
zone merge frame.
Disconnect the fiber-optic jumper cable from the E_Port reporting
the problem, then reconnect the cable to the same port.
Did disconnecting and reconnecting the cable solve the problem and
was the resulting zone merge successful?
NO YES
↓ The merged zone appears operational. Exit MAP.

3-58 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD to EMC for
analysis. Contact the next level of support. Exit MAP.
15
A zone merge failed during ISL initialization. The following list
explains the reason:
◆ Failure reason 09—Invalid data caused a zone merge failure.
◆ Failure reason 0A—A Cannot Merge condition caused a zone
merge failure.
Obtain supplementary error code data for the 150 event code.
a. At the Hardware view, click Logs and select Event Log. The
Event Log displays.
b. Examine bytes 12 through 15 of event data that specify the error
code. Record the error code.
Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD to EMC for
analysis. Contact the next level of support, and report the 150 event
code, the associated failure reason, and the associated error code.
Exit MAP.

MAP 0600: Fabric or ISL, Problem Analysis 3-59

 Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS)
3
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

3-60 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 EMC CONFIDENTIAL

4
Invisible Body Tag

Repair Information

This chapter describes repair and repair-related procedures used by

service representatives for the ED-10000M director and associated
field- replaceable units (FRUs).
◆ Overview .............................................................................................4-2
◆ Obtaining Log Information ..............................................................4-4
◆ Obtaining Port Diagnostic Information ........................................ 4-11
◆ Performing Loopback Tests ............................................................4-16
◆ Blocking and Unblocking Ports .....................................................4-19
◆ Swapping Ports ................................................................................4-20
◆ Collecting Maintenance Data .........................................................4-22
◆ Powering the Director On or Off ...................................................4-24
◆ Setting the Director Online or Offline ...........................................4-26
◆ Reset the Director .............................................................................4-27
◆ Cleaning Fiber-Optic Components................................................4-29
◆ Downloading Director Firmware ..................................................4-31
◆ Installing or Upgrading Software..................................................4-34
◆ Managing Configuration Data .......................................................4-35

Repair Information 4-1

 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Overview
This chapter describes repair-related procedures for the Connectrix
ED-10000M director and associated field- replaceable units (FRUs).
The procedures are performed through the storage area network
Connectrix Manager application or ED-10000M Product Manager
application.

Refer to the Connectrix Enterprise Director ED-10000M E/OSn Command

Line Interface User Guide, P/N 300-002-401 Rev A02 for CLI information to
perform these tasks.

Factory Defaults Table 4-1 lists the defaults for the ED-10000M director.
Table 4-1 Factory-Set Defaults

Item Default

Customer-level Log In (maintenance Administrator

port access)

Customer-level password password

(maintenance port access)

Maintenance-level Log In McdataSE

(maintenance port access)

Maintenance-level password redips

(maintenance port access)

IP addressa 10.1.1.10

Subnet mask 255.0.0.0

Gateway address 0.0.0.0

Nameserver address 10.1.1.10

Domain emc.com

a.IP address is the preinstalled IP address but may not

correct for your director. Consult your EMC Custom-
er Service Representative for precise information
about the IP address.

4-2 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Procedural Notes The screens in this manual may not match the screens on your server and
workstation. The title bars have been removed and the fields may contain
data that does not match the data seen on your system.

Note the following:

1. Follow all electrostatic discharge (ESD) procedures, and
DANGER and CAUTION statements.
2. Before performing a procedure, read the procedure carefully and
thoroughly to familiarize yourself with the information.

Overview 4-3
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Obtaining Log Information
The Connectrix Manager application and ED-10000M Product
Manager application provide access to logs with information for
administration, operation, and maintenance personnel.
◆ Logs accessed through the Connectrix Manager application:
• Audit Log
• Event Log
• Fabric Log
• Group Log
• Product State Log
• Security Log
• Session Log
◆ Logs accessed through the Product Manager application:
• EventLog.
• HardwareLog.
• Link Incident Log.
• Port Threshold Alert Log.
• Embedded Port Log.
• Switch FabricLog.
• Switch Performance Threshold Alert Log.
• AuditLog.

Connectrix Manager Logs

The Connectrix Manager application provides access to logs that
contain fabric-level maintenance information. At the application
main window, select the Logs option from the Monitor menu, then
click (select) the desired log option.

Audit Log The Audit Log displays a history of user actions performed through
the application (except login/logout).

Event Log
The Event Log records simple network management protocol m

(SNMP) trap events, client-server communication errors, and other

4-4 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
problems recorded by the Connectrix Manager application.
Information provided is generally intended for use by third-level
support personnel to fault isolate significant problems.
The log describes:
◆ Date/Time—The date and time the event occurred.
◆ Event—An event number and brief description of the event.
Include this information when reporting the event to customer
support.
◆ Product—The product associated with the event and configured
name or internet protocol (IP) address associated with the
instance are displayed.
◆ Data—Additional event data for fault isolation. Include this
information when fault isolating a call-home problem, or include
the information when reporting an event to customer support.

Session Log To open the Session Log, select the option from the Monitor and
Logs menus. The log displays a session (login and logout) history for
the Connectrix Managerapplication. This information is useful for
system administrators and users. For a log description, refer to the
Connectrix Manager Version 8.7.1 User Guide, P/N 300-001-472, Rev
A03.

Product Status Log To open the Product Status Log, select the option from the Monitor
and Logs menus. The log displays (Figure 4-1).

Obtaining Log Information 4-5

 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 4-1 Product Status Log

The log reflects the previous and current status of the director, and
indicates the instance of an ED-10000M Product Manager application
that should be opened to investigate a problem. The information is
useful to maintenance personnel for fault isolation and repair
verification.
The log consists of the following columns:
◆ Date/Time—The date and time the director status change
occurred.
◆ Network Address—The IP address or configured name of the
director. This address or name corresponds to the address or
name displayed under the product icon at the physical map.
◆ Previous Status—The status of the director prior to the
reported status change (Operational, Degraded, Failed,
OutofBand Online, or Unknown). An Unknown status indicates the
Connectrix Managerapplication cannot communicate with the
director.
◆ New Status—The status of the director after the reported status
change (Operational, Degraded, Failed, OutofBand
Online, or Unknown).

4-6 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Fabric Log The Fabric Logrecords the time and nature of changes made to a
multiswitch fabric. The information is useful for isolating zoning or
fabric-wide problems.
The log describes:
◆ Date/Time—The date and time the change occurred.
◆ Fabric Event—The description of the zoning or fabric change.
◆ Description—Supplementary information (if available) in text
format.

Group Log The group log displays the event logs defined on the Group
Management screen.

Product State Log The Product Status Log records the previous and current status of
a managed product, and indicates the instance of an Element
Manager application that should be opened to investigate a problem.
The log describes:
◆ Date/Time—The date and time the director status change
occurred.
◆ Network Address—The IP address or configured name of the
director. This address or name corresponds to the address or
name displayed under the product icon at the physical map.
◆ Previous Status—The status of the director prior to the reported
status change (Operational, Degraded, Failed, OutofBand
Online, or Unknown). An Unknown status indicates the
Connectrix Manager application cannot communicate with the
director.
◆ New Status—The status of the director after the reported status
change (Operational, Degraded, Failed, OutofBand
Online, or Unknown).

Security Log The security log displays the following security information:
◆ Severity
◆ User
◆ Reason
◆ Description
◆ Date and Time.
◆ Count
◆ Category
◆ IP

Obtaining Log Information 4-7

 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
◆ Role
◆ Interface

Session Log The session log displays the users that have logged in and out of
the server.

Product Manager Logs

The Product Manager application provides access to logs that contain
switch-level maintenance information. At any application view, click
(select) the desired log option from the Logs menu.

Event Log The Event Log records events or errors. Entries reflect the status of
the management interface and managed product.
The log describes:
◆ Date/Time—The date and time the event occurred.
◆ Event—The three-digit event code associated with the event. See
Appendix A, Event Code Tables for an explanation of event codes.
◆ Description—A brief description of the event.
◆ Severity—The severity of the event (Informational, Minor,
Major, or Fatal).
◆ FRU-Position—An acronym representing the FRU type,
followed by a number representing the FRU chassis position.
◆ Event Data—Supplementary event data (if available) in
hexadecimal format. See Appendix A, Event Code Tables for an
explanation of the supplementary event data.

Hardware Log The Hardware Log records a history of FRU removals and
replacements (insertions) for the director.
The log describes:
◆ Date/Time—The date and time the FRU was inserted or
removed.
◆ FRU-Position—An acronym representing the FRU type.
◆ Position—A number representing the FRU chassis position. The
chassis (slot) position for a nonredundant FRU is 0. The chassis
positions for redundant FRUs are 0 and 1.
◆ Action—The action performed (Inserted or Removed).
◆ Part Number—The part number of the inserted or removed FRU.

4-8 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
◆ Serial Number—The serial number of the inserted or removed
FRU.

Link Incident Log The Link Incident Log records Fibre Channel link incident events
an causes.
The log describes:
◆ Date/Time—The date and time the link incident occurred.
◆ Port—The port number that reported the link incident.
◆ Link Incident—A brief description of the link incident. Problem
descriptions include:
• Implicit incident
• Bit-error threshold exceeded
• Loss of signal or loss of synchronization
• Not-operational primitive sequence received
• Primitive sequence timeout
• Invalid primitive sequence received for current link state
See Chapter 3, Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS) for corrective
actions.

Port Threshold Alert Log

The Port Threshold Alert Log records a history of threshold alert
notifications.
The log describes:
◆ Date/Time—The date and time stamp for when the alert
occurred.
◆ Name—The name for the alert as configured through the
Configure Threshold Alerts dialog box.
◆ Port—The port number where the alert occurred.
◆ Type—The type of alert: transmit (Tx) or receive (Rx).
◆ Utilization %—The percent usage of traffic capacity. This
setting constitutes the threshold value and is configured through
the Configure Threshold Alerts dialog box. For example, a
value of 25 means that threshold occurs when throughput
reaches 25 percent of the port capacity.

Obtaining Log Information 4-9

 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
◆ Interval—The time interval during which the throughput is
measured and an alert can generate. This is set through the
Configure Threshold Alerts dialog box.

Switch Performance The Switch Performance Threshold Alert Log contains events
Threshold Alert Log such as throughput threshold alerts (TTA), with values configured by
the user. TTAs are thresholds related to performance and utilization
of specific ports on the director, and indicate when ports are being
over-utilized. For example, a user may want to request to be alerted
whenever an ISL goes over 90% utilization for an extended time.

Audit Log The Audit Log keeps a record of configuration changes made by a
user including source, identifier, and text.

4-10 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Obtaining Port Diagnostic Information
Fibre Channel port diagnostic information can be obtained by:
◆ Inspecting port LEDs at the optical-paddle faceplates or emulated
port LEDs at the Connectrix Service Processor Hardware view.
◆ Inspecting parameters at the Connectrix Service Processor
(ED-10000M Product Manager application).

Port LED Diagnostics

To obtain port operational information, inspect port LEDs at the
optical-paddle faceplate, STATE LEDs on the LIM cards, or the
emulated port LEDs at the Product Manager Hardware view. See
Controls, Connectors, and Indicators on page 1-25 and Visual Indicators
on page 3-6 for a summary of the LEDs and port operational states.

Port Information (Product Manager Application)

To obtain port operational information at the Connectrix Service
Processor (ED-10000M Product Manager application), inspect
parameters at the:
◆ Port List view
◆ Performance view
◆ Port Properties dialog box
◆ Port Technology dialog box

Port List View To open the Port List View, click the Port List tab at any view.
A row of information for each port appears.
The view provides the following information:
◆ Port#—The director port number.
◆ FC Addr—The director logical port address in hexadecimal format
(FICON management style only).
◆ Name—The port name configured through the Configure Ports
dialog box.

Obtaining Port Diagnostic Information 4-11

 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
◆ Block Config—The port status (Blocked or Unblocked).
Blocking a port prevents the attached devices or fabric element
from communicating. A blocked port continuously transmits the
OLS.
◆ State—The port state (Online, Offline, Testing,
Beaconing, Invalid Attachment, Link Incident, Link
Reset, No Light, Not Operational, Port Failure,
Segmented E_Port, or Testing).
◆ Type—The type of port (G_Port, F_Port, or E_Port).
◆ Operating Speed—The operating speed of the port (Not
Established, 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 10 Gbps).
◆ Alert—If link Incident (LIN) alerts are configured for the port
through the Configure Ports dialog box, a yellow triangle
appears in the column when a link incident occurs. A yellow
triangle also appears if beaconing is enabled for the port. A red
and yellow diamond appears if the port fails.

Performance View To open the Performance View, click the Performance tab at any other
view.
Bar graphs at the top of the view display instantaneous transmit or
receive activity level for each port. The relative value displayed is the
greater of the transmit or receive activity. Each graph has 20 green-bar
level indicators corresponding to 5% of maximum port throughput. If
any activity is detected, at least one green bar appears. A red
indicator on each bar graph (high-water mark) remains at the highest
level reached since the port was set online. In addition, the following
statistical information appears:
◆ Class 2 statistics—These statistics include the number of
4-byte words transmitted and received, and the number of Class 2
frames transmitted, received, busied, or rejected
◆ Class 3 statistics—These statistics include the number of
link failures; synchronization and signal losses; discarded frames;
invalid transmission words; primitive sequence, CRC, delimiter,
and address identification errors; and short frames.
◆ Operational statistics—These statistics include the number
of offline sequences transmitted and received; and link resets
transmitted and received.

4-12 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
◆ Traffic statistics—These statistics include port transmit and
receive values for frames, four-byte words, and link utilization
percentage. The number of traffic flows rerouted to or from an ISL
due to congestion is also reported.

Port Properties Dialog Box

To open the Port Properties dialog box (Figure 4-2), double-click a
port graphic at the Hardware view or a port row at the Port List
view.

Figure 4-2 Port Properties Dialog Box

The dialog box provides the following information:

If the Open Trunking feature is installed, an additional item, Congested

Threshold %, appears in the Port Properties dialog box.

◆ Port Number—The director port number.

◆ Port Name—The user-defined name or description for the port.
◆ Type—The port type (G_Port, F_Port, or E_Port).
◆ Technology—The type of port transceiver and optical cable
installed.
◆ Operating Speed—The operating speed of the port (Not
Established, 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 10 Gbps).
◆ Fibre Channel Address—The logical port address (hexidecimal
format). Not applicable for E_Ports.
◆ Port WWN—The Fibre Channel WWN of the device attached to
the port.
Obtaining Port Diagnostic Information 4-13
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
◆ Attached Port WWN—The Fibre Channel WWN of the device
attached to the port.
◆ Block Configuration—A user-configured state for the port
(Blocked or Unblocked).
◆ 10 - 100 km Configuration—The user-configured state for
extended distance operation (On or Off).
• The high end, based on BB-Credits at 190 Km at 10 Gbps.
• The high end, based on BB-Credits at 1133 Km at 1
Gbps/2Gbps.
◆ Rx BB_Credits Configured—The user-defined number of receive
BB_Credits allocated to the port.
◆ LIN Alerts Configuration—A user-specified state for the port
(On or Off).
◆ Beaconing—User-specified for the port (On or Off). When
beaconing is enabled, a yellow triangle appears adjacent to the
status field.
◆ Link Incident—If no link incidents are recorded, None appears
in the status field. If a link incident is recorded, a summary
appears describing the incident, and a yellow triangle appears
adjacent to the status field.
◆ Operational State—The state of the port (Online, Offline,
Beaconing, Invalid Attachment, Link Incident, Link
Reset, No Light, Not Operational, Port Failure,
Segmented E_Port, or Testing). A yellow triangle appears
adjacent to the status field if the port is in a non-standard state
that requires attention. A red and yellow diamond appears
adjacent to the status field if the port fails.
◆ Reason—A summary appears describing the reason if the port
state is Segmented E_Port, Invalid Attachment, or
Inactive. For any other port state, the reason field is blank or
N/A.
◆ Threshold Alert—If a threshold alert exists for the port, an alert
indicator (yellow triangle) and the configured name for the alert
appear.
◆ Zoning Enforcement—The zoning policy enforced (Hard Zoning,
Soft Zoning, or N/A).

4-14 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Port Technology Dialog Box
To open the Port Technology dialog box, right-click a port graphic
at the Hardware view or a port row at the Port List view, then
select Port Technology from the pop-up menu.
The dialog box provides the following information:
◆ Port Number—Director port number.
◆ Connector type—Type of port connector (LC, Unknown, or
Internal Port).
◆ Transceiver—Type of port transceiver (Shortwave Laser,
Longwave Laser, Long Distance Laser, Unknown, or None).
◆ Distance—Port transmission distance (Short, Intermediate,
Long, Very Long, or Unknown).
◆ Media—Type of optical cable used (Single-mode, multimode
50-micron, multimode 62.5-micron, or Unknown).
◆ Speed—Operating speed (Not Established, 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps,
or 10 Gbps).

Obtaining Port Diagnostic Information 4-15

 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Performing Loopback Tests
Port diagnostics consist of internal and external loopback tests. The
tests are performed on any selected port at the Connectrix Service
Processor (ED-10000M Product Manager application). The tests are:
◆ Internal loopback test—An internal loopback test checks LIM
circuitry, but does not check fiber-optic components of an optical
paddle or port transceiver. The test is performed with a device
attached to the port, but the test momentarily blocks the port and
is disruptive to the attached device.
◆ External loopback test—An external loopback test checks LIM
circuitry and the fiber-optic components of an optical paddle and
port transceiver. To perform the test, the attached device must be
quiesced and disconnected from the port, and a multimode or
single-mode loopback plug must be inserted in the port
receptacle.

Internal Loopback Test (Product Manager Application)

To perform an internal loopback at the Connectrix Service Processor
(ED-10000M Product Manager application):
1. Notify the customer a disruptive internal loopback test will be
performed on a port or LIM card. Ensure the customer system
administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic through the
port or LIM card, and sets attached devices offline.

At the start of the loopback test, the port or LIM card can be online, offline,
blocked, or unblocked.

An SFP or XFP optical transceiver must be installed in the port during the
test. A device can remain connected during the test.

2. At the Product Manager application, select Port Diagnostics

from the Maintenance menu. The Port Diagnostics dialog box
displays.
3. Type the port number to be tested or select All ports on paddle
at the Port Select area of the dialog box.
4. At the Diagnostics Test list box, select Internal Loop.

4-16 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
5. Click Next. The message Verify selected ports are
beaconing appears.

6. Click Next. The message Press START TEST to begin

diagnostics appears, and the Next button changes to a Start
Test button.

7. Click Start Test. The test begins and:

• The Start Test button changes to a Stop Test button.
• The message Selected port(s)TEST RUNNING appears.
• A red progress bar travels across the Completion Status
field.
8. When the test completes, results appear as Test results on the
selected port(s)Passed! or test results on the selected
port(s) Failed! in the message area of the dialog box.

9. When finished, click Cancel to close the Port Diagnostics

dialog box.
10. Reset the port:
a. At the Hardware view, right-click the port graphic. A pop-up
menu appears.
b. Select the Reset Port option. A Message message box
displays, indicating a link reset operation will occur.
c. Click OK. The port resets.
11. Notify the customer the test is complete and the attached device
can be set online.

External Loopback Test (Product Manager Application)

To perform an external loopback test at the Connectrix Service
Processor (ED-10000M Product Manager application):
1. Notify the customer that a disruptive external loopback test is to
be performed and the attached device must be disconnected.
2. Disconnect the fiber-optic jumper cable from the port to be tested.
3. Depending on the port technology, insert a singlemode or
multimode loopback plug into the port receptacle.

Performing Loopback Tests 4-17

 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
4. At the Product Manager application, select Port Diagnostics
from the Maintenance menu. The Port Diagnostics dialog box
displays.
5. Type the port number to be tested or select all ports at the Port
Select area of the dialog box.

6. At the Diagnostics Test list box, select the External Loop

option.
7. Click Next.The message Verify selected ports are
beaconing appears.

8. Click Next. At the Port Diagnostics dialog box, the message

Loopback plug(s) must be installed on ports being
diagnosed appears.

9. Verify a loopback plug is installed and click Next. The message

Press START TEST to begin diagnostics appears, and the
Next button changes to a Start Test button.
10. Click Start Test. The test begins and:
• The Start Test button changes to a Stop Test button.
• The message Selected port(s) TEST RUNNING appears.
• A red progress bar travels across the Completion Status
field.
11. When the test completes, results appear as Test result on the
selected port(s) Passed! or Test result on the selected
port(s) Failed! in the message area of the dialog box.

12. When finished, click Cancel to close the Port Diagnostics

dialog box.
13. Remove the loopback plug and reconnect the fiber-optic jumper
cable from the device to the port.
14. Reset the port:
• At the Hardware View, right-click the port graphic. A pop-up
menu appears.
• Select Reset Port. A message box displays, indicating a link
reset will occur.
• Click OK. The port resets.
15. Notify the customer the test is complete and the device can be
reconnected to the director and set online.

4-18 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Blocking and Unblocking Ports
This section describes procedures to block or unblock director ports.
An entire line module can be blocked or unblocked, or ports can be
blocked or unblocked on an individual basis. When a port is blocked,
the port is automatically set offline. When a port is unblocked, the
port is automatically set online.

When a director port is blocked, the operation of an attached Fibre Channel

device is disrupted. Do not block director ports unless directed to do so by a
procedural step or the next level of support.

Block a Port To block or unblock a port from the Element Manager application:
(Product Manager 1. At the Line Module view, move the cursor over the port to be
Application) blocked or unblocked and right-click to open a list of menu
options. Perform one of the following:
• To block a port: Select the Block Port menu option. A
Warning dialog box displays. Click OK. The dialog box closes
and the following occur to indicate the port is blocked and
offline:
– At the director, the green port (or ports) LED extinguishes.
– At the Hardware View, the emulated green port (or ports)
LED extinguishes.
– A check mark appears adjacent to the Block Port menu
option.
• To unblock a port: Select the Block Port menu option. Note
the check mark in the box adjacent to the menu item,
indicating the port is blocked. A Warning dialog box displays.
Click OK. The dialog box closes and the following occur to
indicate the port is unblocked and online:
– At the director, the green port (or ports) LED illuminates.
– At the Hardware View, the emulated green port (or ports)
LED illuminates.
– The box adjacent to the Block Port menu option becomes
blank.

Blocking and Unblocking Ports 4-19

 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Swapping Ports
Failure of port circuitry behind an optical transceiver may require
swapping the logical port address of the failed port to a known
operational port. This ensures the port address matches information
in the hardware configuration definition (HCD) of an attached host.

This procedure swaps hexadecimal logical port addresses, not decimal port
numbers.

To swap ports:
1. At the Element Manager application, select Swap Ports from the
Maintenance menu. The Swap Ports dialog box displays
(Figure 4-3).
2. Select the radio button associated with the product management
style and enter the decimal port numbers (open systems style) or
hexadecimal port addresses (FICON style) of the ports to be
swapped. The FC Address fields update dynamically.
3. Click Next. The Instructions section of the dialog box indicates
the ports will be blocked.

Figure 4-3 Swap Ports Dialog Box

4. Notify the customer that a port swap will be performed. Ensure

the system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame traffic
through the ports, varies any attached host offline, and sets any
attached device offline.

4-20 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
5. Click Next. Beaconing is enabled for both ports and both ports are
blocked. Swap the port fiber-optic cables as directed by the
system administrator.
6. Click Next. The Instructions section of the dialog box indicates
the port swap operation is complete and beaconing is disabled.
Select each Unblock check box to unblock the ports, then click
Finish.
7. Ensure the system administrator varies any attached host online
and sets any attached device online.
8. Back up the product configuration data
(X-RefEmphasisparatextefault ¶ Fonton page\ - 35.

Swapping Ports 4-21

 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Collecting Maintenance Data
When the director operational firmware detects a critical error, such
as a firmware fault or FRU failure, the firmware logs the data
associated with the failure in the engineering logs. Some of this
information is communicated to the user and recorded in the event
logs, which are stored in the hard disk on the CTP cards.
If the fault or failure is related to the CTP card, the active CTP may
initiate a failover to the standby CTP. If the fault or failure is related
to other FRUs, the faulty FRU may be isolated and disabled.
Perform a data-collection procedure before and after a firmware fault
is corrected or a failed FRU is replaced. Maintenance data are used
by support personnel for fault analysis and include the following:
◆ Product information file
◆ Available log files, such as the hardware, audit, and
subsystem-specific engineering logs
◆ Firmware data file
◆ MPI file
◆ Dump file.

Maintenance Data To collect maintenance data (retrieve the dump file from the
(Product Manager management server hard drive) from the Element Manager
Application) application:
1. At the Element Manager application, select Data Collection
from the Maintenance menu. The Save Data Collection dialog
box displays Figure 4-4).

Figure 4-4 Save Data Collection Dialog Box

2. Select Extended or Basic from the drop-down list.

4-22 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
3. Remove the backup CD from the management server compact
disk-rewritable (CD-RW) drive and insert a blank rewritable CD.
4. At the Save Data Collection dialog box, select the compact
disc drive (D:\) from the Look in drop-down menu, type a
descriptive name for the collected maintenance data in the File
name field, then click Save.

5. The Data Collection dialog box displays with a progress bar.

When the process reaches 100%, the Cancel button changes to a
Close Button.
6. Click Close to close the dialog box.
7. Remove the CD with the newly-collected maintenance data from
the management server CD-RW drive. Return the CD with the
failed FRU to support personnel for analysis.
8. To ensure the backup application operates normally, replace the
original backup CD in the management server CD-RW drive.

Collecting Maintenance Data 4-23

 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Powering the Director On or Off
This section describes procedures to power on or power off the
director.

Power-On
Procedure

! CAUTION
Use the supplied power cords. Ensure the facility power receptacle
is the correct type, supplies the required voltage, and is properly
grounded.

To power on the director:

1. Connect the power cords to separate (for redundancy) facility
power sources that provide single-phase, 180 to 264 VAC voltage.
2. At the left rear of the director, set the upper and lower power
switches (circuit breaker) to the up (ON) position. The director
powers on and performs POSTs. During POSTs:
• Bezel: POWER LED blinks green
• Both CTP cards: STATE LEDs blinks amber; ROLE LEDs blinks
green.
• LIM cards: LEDs blink amber.
• Ports: green and amber LEDs sequentially illuminate as the
ports are tested.
3. After successful POST completion:
• Bezel: POWER LED green
• Primary CTP card: STATE LED green, ROLE LED green
• Backup CTP card: STATE LED green, ROLE LED off
• LIM cards: LEDs green
• Ports:
– Green LED on, amber LED off: operational and active
– Green LED off, amber LED off: operational but not
communicating
• Fan trays: LED green
• SWMs: LED green

4-24 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
• Power supplies: AC OK LED green, DC OK LED green,
FAULT LED green.
4. If a POST error or other malfunction occurs, go to Chapter 3,
Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS) to isolate the problem.

Power-Off Powering the director off and on (performing a power cycle) resets all
Procedure logic cards and executes POSTs. When performing a power cycle,
wait approximately 30 seconds before switching power on.

When the director is powered off, the operation of attached Fibre Channel
devices is disrupted. Do not power off the director unless directed to do so by
a procedural step or the next level of support.

To power off the director:

1. Notify the customer the director will be powered off. Ensure the
customer system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel frame
traffic through the director and sets attached devices offline.
2. Set the director offline (Setting the Director Online or Offline on
page 4-26).
3. At the left rear of the director, set the upper and lower power
switches (circuit breaker) to the down (OFF) position.
4. Remove the director power cords from facility power.

Powering the Director On or Off 4-25

 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Setting the Director Online or Offline
This section describes procedures to set the director online or offline.
These operating states are described as:
• Online—When the director is set online, an attached device can
log in to the director if the port is not blocked. Attached devices
can communicate with each other if they are configured in the
same zone.
• Offline—When the director is set offline, all ports are set offline.
The director transmits the offline sequence (OLS) to attached
devices, and the devices cannot log in to the director.

When the director is set offline, the operation of attached Fibre Channel
devices is disrupted. Do not set the director offline unless directed to do so by
a procedural step or the next level of support.

Set Online or Offline To set the director online or offline from the Element Manager
(Element Manager application:
Application) 1. At the Element Manager application, select Set Online State
from the Maintenance menu. The Set Online State dialog box
displays (Figure 4-5).
Perform one of the following:
• Click Set Online. A warning dialog box displays the message
"Performing this operation will change the current
state to Online". Click OK.
• Click Set Offline. A warning dialog box displays the
message "Performing this operation will change the
current state to Offline." Click OK.

Figure 4-5 Set Online State Dialog Box

4-26 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Reset the Director
This section describes procedure to reset the director.

Do not reset the director unless directed to do so by a procedural step or the

next level of support.

A director reset is disruptive and resets the:

◆ Microprocessor and functional logic for the CTP card and reloads
the firmware from the CTP hard drive.
◆ Ethernet LAN interface, causing the connection to the
management server to drop momentarily until the connection
automatically recovers.
◆ Ports, causing all Fibre Channel connections to drop momentarily
until the connections automatically recover. This causes attached
devices to log out and log back in, therefore data frames lost
during director reset must be retransmitted.

Reset the Director A reset or IPL operation on the ED-10000M via the Element Manager
(Element Manager is not supported at this time.
Application

Reset the Director To reset the director from the CTP front panel:
(CTP front panel) 1. Press and hold the RESET button for approximately three seconds.
2. During the reset:
• The green Power LED on the director front panel illuminates.
• The amber System Fault LED on the director front panel
blinks momentarily while the director is tested.
• The green LEDs associated with the Ethernet port blink
momentarily while the port is tested.
• The amber LEDs associated with the ports blink momentarily
while the ports are tested.
• The director-to-management server Ethernet link drops
momentarily and the following occur at the Hardware View:

Reset the Director 4-27

 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
– As the network connection drops, theED-10000M Status
table turns yellow, the Status field displays No Link, and
the State field displays Link Timeout.
– The status bar at the bottom of the window displays a grey
square, indicating director status is unknown.
– Illustrated FRUs disappear, and appear again as the
connection is re-established.

4-28 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Cleaning Fiber-Optic Components
Perform this procedure as directed in this publication and when
connecting or disconnecting fiber-optic cables from port optical
transceivers.

Tools required: ◆ ESD grounding cable and wrist strap

◆ Fiber-optic cleaning kit with:
• Oil-free compressed air or HFC-134a aerosol duster
• Alcohol-soaked cleaning pads.

Procedure:
WARNING
Wear eye protection when using an aerosol duster.

To clean fiber-optic components:

! CAUTION
To avoid causing machine errors or damage while working on the
director, follow ESD procedures by connecting a grounding cable
to the director chassis and wearing an ESD wrist strap.

1. Follow ESD procedures by attaching a wrist strap to the director

chassis and your wrist.
2. Disconnect the fiber-optic cable from the port. Use an aerosol
duster to blow away any contaminants from the connector (part
A of Figure 4-6 on page 4-30).
• Hold the duster upright and keep the air nozzle
approximately 50 millimeters (two inches) from the end of the
component.
• Blow compressed air or HFC-134a gas on the surfaces and end
of the connector for approximately five seconds.

Cleaning Fiber-Optic Components 4-29

 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 4-6 Clean Fiber-Optic Components

3. Gently wipe the end-face and other surfaces of the connector with
an alcohol pad (part B of Figure 4-6). Ensure the pad makes full
contact with the surface to be cleaned. Wait approximately five
seconds for cleaned surfaces to dry.
4. Repeat step 2 and step 3 of this procedure (second cleaning).
5. Repeat step 2 and step 3 of this procedure again (third cleaning),
then reconnect the fiber-optic cable to the port.

4-30 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Downloading Director Firmware
Firmware is the director operating code stored in hard-drive memory
on the CTP card. Up to 32 firmware versions can be stored on the
management server hard drive and made available for download to a
director through the Element Manager application.

This section presents the procedures of:

Downloading firmware versions from the EMC’s Global Services
internal web site.
Downloading firmware and software versions to the director from
the Element Manger Application.

Download Firmware Firmware versions to upgrade the director are provided to customers
and Software through EMC’s Internet home page. The CE downloads it from the
EMC Global Services internal web site.

When downloading a firmware version follow any procedural information ,

if provided, in the release notes that accompany the firmware version;
otherwise follow this procedure.

To add a director firmware version to the library stored on the

Connectrix Service Processor hard drive:
1. Obtain the new firmware version from EMC’s Global Services
internal web site (http://www.cs.isus.emc.com), under Application
Download Area, ESN Product Information, Connectrix ED-10000M,
E/OSn Code Directory.

a. At the Connectrix Service Processor or other personal

computer (PC) with Internet access, open the EMC home
page. The uniform resource locator (URL) is:
http://www.cs.isus.emc.com/csweb2/esn/esnhome.htm

b. If the new firmware version was downloaded to a PC (not the

Connectrix Service Processor), transfer the firmware version
file to the Connectrix Service Processor.
2. At the Element Manager application, select Firmware Library from
the Maintenance menu. The Firmware Library dialog box displays
(Figure 4-7 on page 4-32).

Downloading Director Firmware 4-31

 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 4-7 Firmware Library Dialog Box

3. Click New. The New Firmware Version dialog box displays.

4. Select the desired firmware version file. Ensure the correct
filename appear in the File name field and click Save. The New
Firmware Description dialog box displays.

5. Enter a description (up to 24 characters) for the new firmware

version. The description should include the installation date and
text that uniquely identifies the firmware version. Click OK.
6. A File Transfer message box displays. A progress bar travels
across the message box to show percent completion.
7. The File Transfer message box converts to a Transfer
Complete message box, indicating the new firmware version is
stored on the management server hard drive. Click Close to close
the message box.
8. The new firmware version and associated description appear in
the Firmware Library dialog box.
9. Select the firmware version to be downloaded and click Send. The
send function verifies existence of certain director conditions
before the download begins. If an error occurs, a message
displays indicating the problem must be fixed before firmware is
downloaded. Conditions that terminate the process include:
• A redundant CTP card failure.
• The firmware version is being installed to the director by
another user.
• The director-to-management server link is down.
If a problem occurs and a corresponding message displays, go to
Chapter 3, Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS) to isolate the
problem. If no error occurs, a Warning dialog box displays.

4-32 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
10. Click Yes to download the firmware version. The Send Firmware
dialog box displays and the following occur during the
download:
a. As the download begins, a Writing data to the hard
drive message displays at the top of the dialog box for a few
moments.
b. As the download progresses, a Sending Files message
displays and remains as a progress bar shows percent
completion of the download. The bar progresses to 100%
when the last file is transmitted to the CTP card.
c. As the download finishes, a Writing data to the hard
drive message displays again for a few moments.

d. The director performs a reset. In addition, the

director-to-management server Ethernet link drops
momentarily.
11. After the reset, a Send firmware complete message displays at
the Send Firmware dialog box. Click Close to close the dialog
box.
12. Click Close to close the Firmware Library dialog box.

Downloading Director Firmware 4-33

 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Installing or Upgrading Software
For complete details on installing Connectrix Manager for the first
time, refer to Chapter 2 of the Connectrix Manager User Guide.For
complete details on upgrading Connectrix Manager, refer to
Appendix B of the Connectrix Manager User Guide.

4-34 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Managing Configuration Data
The Element Manager application provides options to:
◆ Back up and restore the configuration file stored in hard-disk
memory on the CTP cards.
◆ Reset the configuration file to factory defaults.

The director must be set offline prior to restoring or resetting the

configuration file.

Back Up To back up the configuration file to the management server:

Configuration 1. At the Element Manager application, select Backup & Restore
(Element Manager Configuration from the Maintenance menu. The Backup and
Application) Restore Configuration dialog box displays (Figure 4-8).

Partition backup and restore configuration is available under the

Configuration > Partition menu.

Figure 4-8 Backup and Restore Configuration Dialog Box

2. Click Backup. An Information dialog box displays, indicating

the backup was initiated.
3. Click OK to complete the backup and close the dialog box.

Restore To restore the configuration file from the Element Manager

Configuration application:
(Element Manager 1. Notify the customer that the director will be set offline. Ensure
Application) that the system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel traffic
through the director and sets attached devices offline.
2. Set the director offline (Setting the Director Online or Offline on
page 4-26).

Managing Configuration Data 4-35

 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
3. At the Element Manager application, select Backup & Restore
Configuration from the Maintenance menu. The Backup and Restore
Configuration dialog box displays (X-Refparanumefault ¶ Font).
4. Click Restore. A Warning dialog box displays, indicating the
existing configuration file is to be overwritten.
5. Click Yes. A Restore dialog box displays, indicating the restore is in
progress.
6. When the operation finishes, the Restore dialog box displays a
Restore complete message. Click Close to close the dialog box.

Reset Configuration When configuration data is reset to factory defaults, the director
Data (Element defaults to the factory-set IP address and all optional features are
Manager disabled. To reset configuration data to the factory defaults:
Application) 1. Notify the customer that the director will be set offline. Ensure
that the system administrator quiesces Fibre Channel traffic
through the director and sets attached devices offline.
2. Set the director offline (Setting the Director Online or Offline on
page 4-26).
3. At the Connectrix Manager application physical map, right-click
the icon representing the director for which a configuration file is
to be reset to factory defaults, then select Element Manager from
the pop-up menu. The application opens.
4. At the Element Manager application, select Reset
Configuration from the Maintenance menu. The Reset
Configuration dialog box displays (Figure 4-9).

Figure 4-9 Reset Configuration Dialog Box

5. Click Reset to start the reset and close the dialog box.
6. The IP address resets to the defaults of 10.1.1.10.

4-36 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
IP address is the preinstalled IP address but may not be correct for your
director. Consult your OEM provider for precise information about the IP
address.

• If the configured IP address (prior to reset) was the same as

the default, the director-to-management server Ethernet link is
not affected and the procedure is complete.
• If the configured IP address (prior to reset) was not the same
as the default, the director-to-management server Ethernet
link drops and server communication is lost. Continue to the
next step.
7. To change the switch IP address and restart the management
server session, go to X-Reftep step 8. To restart a management
server session using the default IP address of 10.1.1.10:

IP address is the preinstalled IP address but may not be correct for your
director. Consult your OEM provider for precise information about the IP
address.

a. Close the Element Manager application and return to the

Connectrix Manager application.
b. A grey square with a yellow exclamation mark appears
adjacent to the icon representing the reset director, indicating
that the director is not communicating with the management
server.
c. At the Connectrix Manager application, select Setup from the
Discover menu. The Discover Setup dialog box displays
(Figure 4-10).

Figure 4-10 Discover Setup Dialog Box

Managing Configuration Data 4-37

 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
d. Select (highlight) the entry representing the reset director in
the Available Addresses window and click Edit. The
Address Properties dialog box displays (Figure 4-11)

Figure 4-11 Address Properties Dialog Box

e. Type 10.1.1.10 in the IP Address field and click OK. Entries

at the Discover Setup dialog box reflect the new IP address.

IP address is the preinstalled IP address but may not be correct for your
director. Consult your OEM provider for precise information about the IP
address.

f. At the Discover Setup dialog box, click OK. Director-to-

management server communication is restored and the
procedure is complete.
8. Change the director IP address and restart the management
server session as follows:
a. A grey square with a yellow exclamation mark appears
adjacent to the icon representing the reset director, indicating
director is not communicating with the management server.
b. Delete the icon representing the reset director. At the
Connectrix Manager application, select Setup from the
Discover menu. The Discover Setup dialog box displays
(Figure 4-11 on page 4-38).
c. Select the entry representing the reset director in the
Available Addresses window and click Remove.
d. At the Discover Setup dialog box, click OK. The director is no
longer defined to the management server.

4-38 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
e. Change a director IP address through the maintenance port
(Task 4: Configure Director Network Information (Optional) on
page 2-17).
f. Identify the switch to the Connectrix Manager application
(Task 12: Configure Feature Key (Optional) on page 2-35).

Managing Configuration Data 4-39

 Repair Information
4
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

4-40 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 EMC CONFIDENTIAL

5
Invisible Body Tag

FRU Removal and

Replacement

This chapter describes removal and replacement procedures used by

authorized service representatives for all director field-replaceable
units (FRUs). Do not perform a procedure in this chapter until a
failure is isolated to a FRU. If fault isolation was not performed, refer
to MAP 0000: Start MAP on page 3-18.
◆ Overview .............................................................................................5-2
◆ Upgrade Considerations ...................................................................5-3
◆ Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) .......................................................5-5
◆ Procedural Notes................................................................................5-8
◆ RRP: CTP Card ...................................................................................5-9
◆ RRP: Line Module (LIM).................................................................5-14
◆ RRP: Optical Paddle (OTPS or OTPX) ..........................................5-19
◆ Optical Transceivers (SFP or XFP) .................................................5-22
◆ RRP: Switching Module (SWM).....................................................5-25
◆ RRP: Power Supply..........................................................................5-29
◆ RRP: AC Power Switch/Breaker ...................................................5-31
◆ Fan Tray (FTF/FBF or RTF/RBF)...................................................5-35
◆ RRP: Filler Panel (LIM, SWM, or Optical Paddle) ......................5-40
◆ RRP: Cable Tray, Upper or Lower..................................................5-41

FRU Removal and Replacement 5-1

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Overview
This chapter describes removal and replacement procedures (RRPs)
for all ED-10000M director field-replaceable units (FRUs), along with
a list of tools for each procedure. In addition, the chapter provides
electrostatic-discharge (ESD) information for the FRUs.

If a FRU is being upgraded, follow the Upgrade Considerations below.

Otherwise, go to Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) on page 5-5.

5-2 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Upgrade Considerations
Follow this procedure if a field-replaceable unit (FRU) is being
upgraded.
1. Verify installation requirements and considerations with the
customer system administrator.
2. Verify cabling requirements and considerations with the
hardware coordinator.

! CAUTION
Handle parts using standard ESD precautions.

3. Unpack the shipping container and inspect each item for damage.
Ensure the packaged items correspond to the items listed on the
bill of materials.
4. Observe standard and documented safety procedures and
instructions, including this CAUTION.

! CAUTION
Use safe lifting practices when moving the product.

5. See Figure 5-1 or Figure 5-2 for the location of the FRU.
6. Go to Table 5-2 to locate the replacement procedure for the FRU.
7. Go to the replacement procedure for the FRU. Familiarize
yourself with the procedure, including the tools required.
8. Install the new FRU:
• If the FRU will replace an existing FRU, follow the instructions
in the removal and replacement procedure (RRP).
• If the FRU will populate a vacant card slot, remove the filler
panel (RRP: Filler Panel (LIM, SWM, or Optical
Paddle) on page 5-40 and follow the replacement procedure.
9. Confirm the operation of the new FRU.
10. Notify the system administrator of the successful installation so
that the operating environment can be re configured, if necessary.

Factory Defaults Table 5-1 lists the defaults for the ED-10000M director.

Upgrade Considerations 5-3

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Table 5-1 Factory-Set Defaults

Item Default

Customer-level password password

IP address 10.1.1.10

Subnet mask 255.0.0.0

Gateway address 0.0.0.0

Nameserver address 10.1.1.10

Domain EMC.com

5-4 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
Figure 5-1 and Figure 5-2 on page 5-6 show the locations of the
director FRUs. See Chapter 6, Illustrated Parts Breakdown for the FRU
part numbers.

Figure 5-1 Connectrix ED-10000M Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs), Front

Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) 5-5

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 5-2 Connectrix ED-10000M Field-Replaceable Units (FRUs), Rear

All director FRUs are concurrent (Table 5-2). Concurrent FRUs are
removed and replaced while the director is powered on and
operational. The tables list the ESD precautions (yes or no) for the
FRUs and the page numbers of the RRPs.

Table 5-2 Concurrent FRUs with ESD Precautions

FRU Name ESD Precautions Page

Control processor (CTP) card Yes page 5-9

Line module (LIM) Yes page 5-14

1 or 2 Gbps optical paddle (OTPS) Yes page 5-19

10 Gbps optical paddle (OTPX) Yes page 5-19

Small form factor pluggable (SFP) optical transceiver Yes page 5-22
(1 or 2 Gbps)

10 Gbps form factor pluggable (XFP) optical Yes page 5-22

transceiver

5-6 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Table 5-2 Concurrent FRUs with ESD Precautions

FRU Name ESD Precautions Page

Switching module (SWM) Yes page 5-25

Power supply (PS) Yes page 5-29

AC power switch/breaker Yes page 5-31

Fan tray (front top and front bottom, FTF/FTB; rear Yes page 5-35
top and rear bottom, RTF/RBF)

Filler panel (LIM, SWM, optical paddle) No page 5-40

Cable tray (upper and lower cable trays) No page 5-41

Field Replaceable Units (FRUs) 5-7

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Procedural Notes
The screens in this manual may not match the screens on your server and
workstation. The title bars have been removed and the fields may contain
data that does not match the data seen on your system.

Follow these procedures:

1. Observe all DANGER and CAUTION statements and
electrostatic discharge (ESD) procedures (ESD Information on
page 5-8).
2. Do not perform a removal and replacement procedure until a
failure is isolated to a FRU. If fault isolation was not performed,
go to Chapter 3, Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS).
3. Before performing a repair, read the removal and replacement
procedure for that FRU to familiarize yourself with the
procedure.
4. After completing a replacement, clear the event code reporting
the failure and the event code reporting the recovery from the
Event Log, and extinguish the system error light- emitting diode
(LED).

ESD Information While working on the director, follow these ESD procedures:
◆ If the director is connected to facility power (and therefore
grounded), connect a grounding cable to the director chassis and
wear an ESD wrist strap.
◆ If the director is not connected to facility power (and therefore not
grounded), connect the ESD wrist strap to an approved bench
grounding point and wear an ESD wrist strap.
◆ Touch the chassis once before performing any maintenance, and
once each minute while removing or replacing FRUs, including
the optical transceivers (SFP and XFP).

5-8 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
RRP: CTP Card
Use the following procedures to remove or replace a CTP card (two
cards in the director) with the backup CTP card operational.
The CTP cards are located at the front of the director (Figure 5-1).

! CAUTION
The primary CTP card must be running E/OSn 06.03.00 or higher
before inserting a 002-002866-412 or higher spare CTP card. If a
002-002866-412 or higher spare CTP card is inserted into a system
running E/OSn 06.02.xx or lower, the Ethernet connection to the
Connectrix Manager server will be lost when this CTP card
becomes the primary.

Tools Required The following tools are required to perform these procedures.
◆ ESD grounding cable and wrist strap
◆ Torque tool and 5/32- inch hex adapter (provided with the
director)
◆ Flashlight

Removal To remove a CTP card:

1. If necessary, open the front cabinet door (RRP: CTP Card on
page 5-9).

! CAUTION
To avoid causing machine errors or damage while working on
the director, follow ESD procedures by connecting a grounding
cable to the director chassis and wearing an ESD wrist strap.

2. Follow ESD procedures by attaching a wrist strap to the director

chassis and your wrist.
3. Identify the defective card from the LEDs on the card or failure
information at the Element Manager Hardware view.
4. Disconnect the Ethernet local area network (LAN) cable from the
RJ-45 connector on the card faceplate.

RRP: CTP Card 5-9

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
5. Disconnect any serial port RS-232 cable from the DB-9 connector
on the card faceplate.

! CAUTION
The torque tool supplied with the director is designed to
tighten director logic cards. Do not use an Allen wrench or
torque tool designed for use with a different product.

6. Loosen the card. The card is secured to the director chassis with
two levers and two 5/32-inch captive Allen screws.
a. Pull out and rotate the topmost lever clockwise
approximately 30 degrees (Figure 5-3).
b. Pull out and rotate the lowermost lever counter-clockwise
approximately 30 degrees (Figure 5-3).

! CAUTION
Loosen the top screw and bottom screw a turn at a time so
screws do not bind.

c. Wait for the STATE and ROLE LEDs to turn off to ensure the
disengage switch is off.
d. Insert the torque tool into the cam Allen screw at the top of the
card. Turn the screw counter-clockwise about one turn.
e. Insert the torque tool into the cam Allen screw at the bottom of
the card. Turn the screw counter-clockwise about one turn.
f. Alternate and loosen each screw a turn at a time until the
spring releases and the torque tool turns freely.
7. Pull the card from its card track ("walk" card out) and remove it
from the director chassis (Figure 5-4 on page 5-11).
• Rotate both levers back to their original (in place) positions.
• Place the card in an anti-static bag to provide ESD protection.

5-10 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 5-3 CTP Card Removal and Replacement (Part 1)

Figure 5-4 CTP Card Removal and Replacement (Part 2)

RRP: CTP Card 5-11

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Replacement To replace a CTP card:
1. Remove the replacement card from its protective anti-static bag.
2. Use a flashlight to inspect the midplane for bent or broken
connector pins.
3. Hold the card by its stiffener and insert it in the chassis card track.

! CAUTION
Ensure that the components face to the right and the card is
aligned in the card tracks.

4. Gently slide the card forward ("walk" card forward) until it

contacts the midplane.

5. Tighten the card.

a. Insert the torque tool into the cam Allen screw at the top of the
card. Turn the torque tool clockwise about one turn.
b. Insert the torque tool into the cam Allen screw at the bottom of
the card. Turn the screw clockwise about one turn.
c. Alternate and tighten each screw a turn at a time until the
torque tool releases.
d. Pull out and rotate the topmost lever counter-clockwise
approximately 30 degrees.
e. Pull out and rotate the lowermost lever clockwise
approximately 30 degrees.
6. After the replacement CTP card is installed, note the following:
• When a CTP card with a different firmware version is installed
in a director with an active CTP card, a synchronization
occurs. This process causes firmware from the active CTP card
to be downloaded to the replacement CTP card. The process
does not occur if both CTP cards have the same firmware
version.
• The synchronization may take up to ten minutes (depending
on director activity).

5-12 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
! CAUTION
Allow synchronization to complete. If the process is
interrupted by a director power cycle or by removing the
replacement CTP card, the card may be unusable due to
partially-loaded firmware.

• If after ten minutes the replacement CTP card does not appear
to be operational, perform the data collection procedure and
return the failed replacement card to EMC (Collecting
Maintenance Data on page 4-22).

! CAUTION
Do not reinstall the failed replacement CTP card because
this can corrupt director firmware. Obtain a new CTP card
and perform this replacement procedure.

7. Verify that synchronization is complete by viewing the Event

Log.

8. Connect the Ethernet LAN cable to the RJ-45 connector on the

faceplate of the replacement CTP card.
9. Reconnect the RS232 cable, if previously disconnected.
10. Disconnect the ESD wrist strap from the director chassis and your
wrist.
11. Inspect the LEDs on the CTP card to ensure the card is
operational. If a problem is indicated, go to Chapter 3,
Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS) to isolate the problem.
12. Enable the card and restore the system configuration.
13. If necessary, close the cabinet door.

RRP: CTP Card 5-13

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
RRP: Line Module (LIM)
Use the following procedures to remove or replace a line module
(LIM). The LIMs are located at the front of the director (Figure 5-1 on
page 5-5).

Tools Required The following tools are required to perform these procedures.
• ESD grounding cable and wrist strap
• Torque tool and 5/32-inch hex adapter (provided with the
director)
• Flashlight

Removal To remove a LIM:

1. Notify the customer that all ports on the defective LIM will be
blocked. Ensure the customer system administrator quiesces
Fibre Channel frame traffic through any operational ports on the
card and sets attached devices offline.
2. If necessary, open the front cabinet door (RRP: CTP Card on
page 5-9).

! CAUTION
To avoid causing machine errors or damage while working
on the director, follow ESD procedures by connecting a
grounding cable to the director chassis and wearing an ESD
wrist strap.

3. Follow ESD procedures by attaching a wrist strap to the director

chassis and your wrist.
4. Identify the defective LIM from the LED on the card or failure
information at the Element Manager Hardware view.
5. Block communication to the defective LIM.
6. Remove the optical paddles from the defective card (RRP: Optical
Paddle (OTPS or OTPX) on page 5-19).

5-14 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
! CAUTION
The torque tool supplied with the director is designed to
tighten director logic cards. Do not use an Allen wrench or
torque tool designed for use with a different product.

7. Loosen the card. The card is secured to the director chassis with
two levers and two 5/32-inch captive Allen screws.
a. Pull out and rotate the topmost lever clockwise
approximately 30 degrees (Figure 5-5 on page 5-16).
b. Pull out and rotate the lowermost lever counter-clockwise
approximately 30 degrees (Figure 5-5 on page 5-16).

! CAUTION
Loosen the top screw and bottom screw a turn at a time so
screws do not bind.

c. Wait for the STATE LED to turn off to ensure the disengage
switch is off.
d. Insert the torque tool into the cam Allen screw at the top of the
card. Turn the screw counter-clockwise about one turn.
e. Insert the torque tool into the cam Allen screw at the bottom of
the card. Turn the screw counter-clockwise about one turn.
f. Alternate and loosen each screw a turn at a time until the
spring releases and the torque tool turns freely.
8. Pull the card from its card track ("walk" card out) and remove it
from the director chassis (Figure 5-6 on page 5-16).
• Rotate both levers back to their original (in place) positions.
• Place the card in an anti-static bag to provide ESD protection.

RRP: Line Module (LIM) 5-15

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 5-5 LIM Removal and Replacement (Part 1)

Figure 5-6 LIM Removal and Replacement (Part 2)

5-16 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Replacement To replace a LIM:
1. Remove the replacement card from its protective anti-static bag.
2. Use a flashlight to inspect the midplane for bent or broken
connector pins.
3. Hold the card by its stiffener and insert it in the chassis card track.

! CAUTION
Ensure that the components face to the right and the card is
aligned in the card tracks.

4. Gently slide the card forward ("walk" card forward) until it

contacts the midplane.

5. Tighten the card.

a. Insert the torque tool into the cam Allen screw at the top of the
card. Turn the torque tool clockwise about one turn.
b. Insert the torque tool into the cam Allen screw at the bottom of
the card. Turn the screw clockwise about one turn.
c. Alternate and tighten each screw a turn at a time until the
torque tool releases.
d. Pull out and rotate the topmost lever counter-clockwise
approximately 30 degrees.
e. Pull out and rotate the lowermost lever clockwise
approximately 30 degrees.
6. Replace the optical paddles on the replacement LIM (RRP: Optical
Paddle (OTPS or OTPX) on page 5-19).
7. Disconnect the ESD wrist strap from the director chassis and your
wrist.
8. Perform an external loopback test for all ports on the replacement
LIM. If the test fails, go to MAP 0000: Start MAP on page 3-18 to
isolate the problem.
9. Restore communication to the replacement LIM.
10. Enable the card and restore the system configuration.

RRP: Line Module (LIM) 5-17

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
11. Inspect the LED on the LIM to ensure the card is operational. If a
problem is indicated, go to Chapter 3, Maintenance Analysis
Procedure (MAPS) to isolate the problem.
12. If necessary, close the cabinet door.

5-18 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
RRP: Optical Paddle (OTPS or OTPX)
Use the following procedures to remove or replace any optical paddle
(1 or 2 Gbps, OTPS, or 10 Gbps, OTPX) from a LIM. The optical
paddles are located at the front of the director (Figure 5-1 on
page 5-5).

Tools Required The following tools are required to perform these procedures.
• ESD grounding cable and wrist strap
• Protective cap (provided with the fiber-optic jumper cable)
• Fiber-optic cleaning kit
• Phillips screwdriver, #1

Removal To remove an optical paddle:

1. Notify the customer that the ports with the defective optical
paddle will be blocked. Ensure the customer system
administrator sets the attached device offline.
2. If necessary, open the front cabinet door (RRP: CTP Card on
page 5-9).

! CAUTION
To avoid causing machine errors or damage while working
on the director, follow ESD procedures by connecting a
grounding cable to the director chassis and wearing an ESD
wrist strap.

3. Follow ESD procedures by attaching a wrist strap to the director

chassis and your wrist.
4. Identify the defective optical paddle from the LEDs on the optical
paddle or failure information at the Element Manager Port Card
view.
5. Block communication to the defective optical paddle.
6. Remove the optical transceivers from the paddle (Optical
Transceivers (SFP or XFP) on page 5-22).
7. Use a #1 Phillips screwdriver to loosen the two captive screws on
the paddle (Figure 5-7 and Figure 5-8).

RRP: Optical Paddle (OTPS or OTPX) 5-19

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
! CAUTION
Ensure the Phillips screwdriver fits fully into the screws. If
necessary, round-off the tip of the screwdriver for a secure fit.

8. Using the captive screws as handles, remove the optical paddle

from the LIM.

Figure 5-7 Optical Paddle, 1 or 2 Gbps (OTPS), Removal and Replacement

5-20 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Figure 5-8 Optical Paddle, 10 Gbps (OTPX), Removal and Replacement

Replacement To replace an optical paddle:

1. Remove the replacement optical paddle from its protective
anti-static bag.
2. Using the captive screws as handles, insert the optical paddle into
the LIM.

! CAUTION
Ensure the Phillips screwdriver fits fully into the screws. If
necessary, round-off the tip of the screwdriver for a secure fit.

3. Use a #1 Phillips screwdriver to tighten the two captive screws on

the paddle
4. Perform an external loopback test for all ports on the replacement
optical paddle. If the test fails, go to MAP 0000: Start MAP on
page 3-18 to isolate the problem.
5. Replace the optical transceivers (Optical Transceivers (SFP or XFP)
on page 5-22).
6. Disconnect the ESD wrist strap from the director chassis and your
wrist.
7. Restore communication to the replacement optical paddle.
8. Enable the optical paddle and restore the system configuration.
9. Inspect the LEDs on the optical paddle to ensure the paddle is
operational. If a problem is indicated, go to Chapter 3,
Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS) to isolate the problem.
10. If necessary, close the cabinet door.

RRP: Optical Paddle (OTPS or OTPX) 5-21

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Optical Transceivers (SFP or XFP)
Use the following procedures to remove or replace an SFP or XFP
optical transceiver (Figure 5-9 and Figure 5-10) from an optical
paddle. The transceivers are located at the front of the director
(Figure 5-1 on page 5-5).

Figure 5-9 Small Form-Factor Pluggable (SFP) transceiver

Figure 5-10 Ten Gbps Form-Factor Pluggable (XFP) Transceiver

Tools Required The following tools are required to perform these procedures.
• ESD grounding cable and wrist strap
• Protective cap (provided with the fiber-optic jumper cable)
• Fiber-optic cleaning kit

5-22 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Removal To remove an optical transceiver:
1. Notify the customer that the port with the defective transceiver
will be blocked. Ensure the customer system administrator sets
the attached device offline.
2. If necessary, open the front cabinet door (RRP: CTP Card on
page 5-9).

! CAUTION
To avoid causing machine errors or damage while working
on the director, follow ESD procedures by connecting a
grounding cable to the director chassis and wearing an ESD
wrist strap.

3. Follow ESD procedures by attaching a wrist strap to the director

chassis and your wrist.
4. Identify the defective port transceiver from the LEDs on the
optical paddle or failure information at the Element Manager
Port Card view.
5. Block communication to the defective port.
6. Disconnect the fiber-optic cables from the port. Place a protective
caps over the cable connectors.
7. Rotate wire bale on optical transceiver and use bale to remove the
transceiver.

Replacement To replace an optical transceiver:

1. Remove the replacement optical transceiver from its protective
anti-static bag.
2. Insert the transceiver into the optical paddle.
3. Rotate wire bale to lock transceiver in port.
4. Perform an external loopback test for the port. If the test fails, go
to MAP 0000: Start MAP on page 3-18 to isolate the problem.
5. Reconnect the fiber-optic cable:
a. Remove the protective cap from the cable connector and the
protective plug from the port optical transceiver. Store the cap
and plug in a suitable location for safekeeping.

Optical Transceivers (SFP or XFP) 5-23

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
b. Clean the cable and port connector (Cleaning Fiber-Optic
Components on page 4-29).
c. Insert the cable connector into the optical transceiver.
6. Disconnect the ESD wrist strap from the director chassis and your
wrist.
7. Restore communication to the port.
8. Enable the port and restore the system configuration.
9. Inspect the LEDs on the optical paddle to ensure the transceiver is
operational. If a problem is indicated, go to Chapter 3,
Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS) to isolate the problem.
10. If necessary, close the cabinet door.

5-24 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
RRP: Switching Module (SWM)
Use the following procedures to remove or replace a switching
module (SWM). The SWMs are located at the rear of the director
(Figure 5-2).

Tools Required The following tools are required to perform these procedures.
• ESD grounding cable and wrist strap
• Torque tool and 5/32-inch hex adapter (provided with the
director)
• Flashlight

Removal To remove an SWM:

1. If necessary, open the rear cabinet door (RRP: CTP Card on
page 5-9).

! CAUTION
To avoid causing machine errors or damage while working
on the director, follow ESD procedures by connecting a
grounding cable to the director chassis and wearing an ESD
wrist strap.

2. Follow ESD procedures by attaching a wrist strap to the director

chassis and your wrist.
3. Identify the defective SWM from the LED on the card or failure
information at the Element Manager Hardware view.

! CAUTION
The torque tool supplied with the director is designed to
tighten director logic cards. Do not use an Allen wrench or
torque tool designed for use with a different product.

4. Loosen the card. The card is secured to the director chassis with
two levers and two 5/32-inch captive Allen screws.
a. Pull out and rotate the topmost lever clockwise
approximately 30 degrees (Figure 5-11 on page 5-26).
b. Pull out and rotate the lowermost lever counter-clockwise
approximately 30 degrees (Figure 5-11).
RRP: Switching Module (SWM) 5-25
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
! CAUTION
Loosen the top screw and bottom screw a turn at a time so
screws do not bind.

c. Wait for the STATE LED to turn off to ensure the disengage
switch is off.
d. Insert the torque tool into the cam Allen screw at the top of the
card. Turn the screw counter-clockwise about one turn.
e. Insert the torque tool into the cam Allen screw at the bottom of
the card. Turn the screw counter-clockwise about one turn.
f. Alternate and loosen each screw a turn at a time until the
spring releases and the torque tool turns freely.
5. Pull the card from its card track ("walk" card out) and remove it
from the director chassis (Figure 5-12 on page 5-27).
• Rotate both levers back to their original (in place) positions.
• Place the card in an anti-static bag to provide ESD protection.

Figure 5-11 SWM Removal and Replacement (Part 1)

5-26 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 5-12 SWM Removal and Replacement (Part 2)

Replacement To replace an SWM:

1. Remove the replacement card from its protective anti-static bag.
2. Use a flashlight to inspect the midplane for bent or broken
connector pins.
3. Hold the card by its stiffener and insert it in the chassis card track.

! CAUTION
Ensure that the components face to the left, the label
identifying the card is at the top, and the card is aligned in
the card tracks.

4. Gently slide the card forward ("walk" card forward) until it

contacts the midplane.

5. Tighten the card.

RRP: Switching Module (SWM) 5-27

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
a. Insert the torque tool into the cam Allen screw at the top of the
card. Turn the torque tool clockwise about one turn.
b. Insert the torque tool into the cam Allen screw at the bottom of
the card. Turn the screw clockwise about one turn.
c. Alternate and tighten each screw a turn at a time until the
torque tool releases.
d. Pull out and rotate the topmost lever counter-clockwise
approximately 30 degrees.
e. Pull out and rotate the lowermost lever clockwise
approximately 30 degrees.
6. Disconnect the ESD wrist strap from the director chassis and your
wrist.
7. Enable the card and restore the system configuration.
8. Inspect the LED on the SWM to ensure the card is operational. If
a problem is indicated, go to Chapter 3, Maintenance Analysis
Procedure (MAPS) to isolate the problem.
9. If necessary, close the cabinet door.

5-28 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
RRP: Power Supply
Use the following procedures to remove or replace a power supply.
The power supplies are located at the rear of the director (Figure 5-2
on page 5-6).

Tools Required The following tools are required to perform these procedures.
◆ ESD grounding cable and wrist strap.

Removal To remove a power supply:

1. If necessary, open the rear cabinet door (RRP: CTP Card on
page 5-9).

! CAUTION
To avoid causing machine errors or damage while working
on the director, follow ESD procedures by connecting a
grounding cable to the director chassis and wearing an ESD
wrist strap.

2. Follow ESD procedures by attaching a wrist strap to the director

chassis and your wrist.
3. Identify the defective power supply from the extinguished green
LED on the supply or failure information at the Element Manager
Hardware view.
4. Press button (with raised mark) below the release lever to
disengage the release lever.
5. Pull the release lever to disengage the power supply.
6. Pull the power supply from the power tray (Figure 5-13 on
page 5-30). Support the power supply with both hands.
7. Place the power supply in an anti-static bag to provide ESD
protection.

RRP: Power Supply 5-29

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 5-13 Power Supply Removal and Replacement

Replacement To replace a power supply:

1. Remove the replacement power supply from its protective
anti-static bag.
2. Inspect the rear of the power supply for bent or broken connector
pins that may have been damaged during shipping. If any pins
are damaged, obtain a new power supply.
3. Press, then pull the release lever at the right of the power supply.
4. Insert the power supply into the chassis guide of the power tray,
then push the power supply toward the midplane to engage the
connector pins. Close the release lever to lock the power supply.
5. Disconnect the ESD wrist strap from the director chassis and your
wrist.
6. Inspect the LEDs on the power supply to ensure the supply is
operational. If a problem is indicated, go to Chapter 3,
Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS) to isolate the problem.
7. If necessary, close the cabinet door.
5-30 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
RRP: AC Power Switch/Breaker
Use the following procedures to remove or replace the AC power
switch/breaker (circuit breaker). The circuit breaker is located at the
rear of the director (Figure 5-14 on page 5-33).

Tools Required The following tools are required to perform these procedures.

the AC Power Switch/Breaker is not a normal FRU item and should never
need to be replaced. It is shown only for completeness.

• Standard cross-tip (Phillips) screwdriver

• Standard flat-tip screwdriver
• ESD grounding cable and wrist strap

Removal
! CAUTION
Verify that the AC power cord that provides power to the AC
Power Switch/Breaker is connected and that the voltage at the
receptacle is 200 to 240 VAC. In addition, verify that AC OK
and DC OK LEDs are red on the rectifiers powered by this
circuit breaker when the circuit breaker is ON.

To remove the circuit breaker:

1. If necessary, open the rear cabinet door (RRP: CTP Card on
page 5-9).

! CAUTION
To avoid causing machine errors or damage while working
on the director, follow ESD procedures by connecting a
grounding cable to the director chassis and wearing an ESD
wrist strap.

2. Follow ESD procedures by attaching a wrist strap to the director

chassis and your wrist.
3. Determine which AC power cord provides power to the circuit
breaker to be replaced. Disconnect the power cord.

RRP: AC Power Switch/Breaker 5-31

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
WARNING
Disconnect the Switch/Breaker AC power cord.

! CAUTION
Do not disconnect both AC power cords. The director remains
functional with one power cord connected to facility power.

4. Disconnect only the AC power cord that provides power to the

circuit breaker to be replaced.
5. Remove the four screws from the circuit-breaker plate.
6. Remove the red and black wires from the circuit breaker. This
allows the removal of the circuit breaker and the AC power cord
assembly.
7. Remove the circuit breaker.
8. Place the circuit breaker in an anti-static bag to provide ESD
protection.

5-32 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 5-14 AC Power Switch/Breaker Removal and Replacement

RRP: AC Power Switch/Breaker 5-33

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Replacement To replace the circuit breaker:
1. Remove the replacement power switch from its protective
anti-static bag.
2. Connect the red and black wires to the circuit breaker. Torque to
12 inch-lbs.
3. Replace the four screws into the circuit-breaker plate. Torque to 6
inch-lbs.
4. Position the circuit breaker handle down (OFF).
5. Use a multimeter to ensure continuity between the new cord plug
ground pin and the director chassis.
6. Connect new AC power cord plug into the wall AC receptacle.
7. Position the circuit breaker handle up (ON). The two rectifiers
powered by the circuit breaker should power-on with both AC OK
and DC OK LEDs green.
8. Disconnect the ESD wrist strap from the director chassis and your
wrist.
9. Verify power switch operation. If a problem is indicated, go to
Chapter 3, Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS) to isolate the
problem.
10. If necessary, close the cabinet door.

5-34 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Fan Tray (FTF/FBF or RTF/RBF)
The cooling system has four fan trays:
◆ Front top and front bottom fan trays (labeled FTF/FBF) with nine
fans each.
◆ Rear top and rear bottom fan trays (labeled RTF/RBF) with six
fans each.
Use the following procedures to remove or replace a fan tray. The fan
trays are located at the front and the rear of the director (Figure 5-1 on
page 5-5 and Figure 5-2 on page 5-6).

The front fan trays (FTF/FTB) are interchangeable with each other, and the
rear fan trays (RTF/RBF) are interchangeable with each other.

! CAUTION
Do not remove a fan tray unless a replacement tray is available.
Operation of the director with only three fan trays for an extended
period may cause one or more thermal sensors to post event codes.

Tools Required The following tools are required to perform these procedures:
• #2 Phillips screwdriver
• ESD grounding cable and wrist strap

Removal To remove a fan tray:

1. If necessary, open the front or rear cabinet door (RRP: CTP Card
on page 5-9).

! CAUTION
To avoid causing machine errors or damage while working on
the director, follow ESD procedures by connecting a grounding
cable to the director chassis and wearing an ESD wrist strap.

2. Follow ESD procedures by attaching a wrist strap to the director

chassis and your wrist.
3. Identify the defective fan tray from the LED on the tray or failure
information at the Element Manager Hardware view.

Fan Tray (FTF/FBF or RTF/RBF) 5-35

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
4. Two captive screws secure the fan tray to the director chassis.
Using a #2 Phillips screwdriver, loosen the captive screws. (All
fan trays have two screws.)

Lower the upper cable tray to access the front top fan tray.

5. Slowly and evenly remove the fan tray from the director chassis
(Figure 5-15 through Figure 5-18 on page 5-38).
6. Place the fan tray in an anti-static bag to provide ESD protection.

Figure 5-15 Fan Tray (Front Top, FTF/FTB) Removal and Replacement

5-36 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 5-16 Fan Tray (Front Bottom, FTF/FBF) Removal and Replacement

Figure 5-17 Fan Tray (Rear Top, RTF/RBF) Removal and Replacement

Fan Tray (FTF/FBF or RTF/RBF) 5-37

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure 5-18 Fan Tray (Rear Bottom, RTF/RBF) Removal and Replacement

Replacement To replace the fan tray:

1. Remove the replacement fan tray from its protective anti-static
bag.
2. Inspect the fan tray for bent or broken connector pins that may
have been damaged during shipping. If any pins are damaged,
obtain a new fan tray.
3. Ensure that you have the correct fan tray for each of the four
locations in the director.

The front fan trays (FTF/FTB) are interchangeable with each other, and
the rear fan trays (RTF/RBF) are interchangeable with each other.

The fan trays are labeled as:

• FTF/FTB—Front top and bottom fan trays with nine fans
• RTF/RBF—Rear top and rear bottom fan trays with six fans

When installing the front top fan tray, lower the upper cable tray to
access the slot in the chassis.

5-38 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
4. Position the fan tray in the chassis with the handles facing toward
you and the captive screws at the top of the tray (Figure 5-15 on
page 5-36).
5. Slowly and evenly slide the tray into the director chassis.
6. Tighten the two captive screws. (All fan trays have two screws.)

After installing the front top fan tray, raise the upper cable tray to its
original position.

7. Disconnect the ESD wrist strap from the director chassis and your
wrist.
8. Inspect the LED on the fan tray to ensure the fan is operational. If
a problem is indicated, go to Chapter 3, Maintenance Analysis
Procedure (MAPS) to isolate the problem.
9. If necessary, close the cabinet door.

Fan Tray (FTF/FBF or RTF/RBF) 5-39

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
RRP: Filler Panel (LIM, SWM, or Optical Paddle)
Use the following procedures to remove or replace a LIM, SWM, or
optical paddle filler panel. Filler panels protect unused card slots and
ensure correct cooling and air circulation. Filler panels can be located at
the front or the rear of the director (Figure 5-1 on page 5-5 and
Figure 5-2 on page 5-6).

Tools Required The following tools are required to perform these procedures.
◆ Torque tool and 5/32 inch hex adapter.

Removal To remove a filler panel:

1. If necessary, open the front or rear cabinet door (RRP: CTP Card
on page 5-9).
2. Identify the filler panel to be removed.
3. The filler panel is secured to the director chassis with two captive
Allen screws. Both screws are spring-loaded to lock the filler
panel in place.
4. Insert the torque tool into each locking Allen screw. Turn each
screw counter-clockwise until the spring releases and the tool
turns freely.
5. Pull the filler panel out and remove it from the director chassis.

Replacement To replace a filler panel:

1. Remove the filler panel from its packaging.
2. Hold the filler panel by its stiffener and insert it in the chassis
card track.
3. To secure the filler panel, sequentially insert the torque tool into
each locking Allen screw. Turn each screw clockwise until you
feel the torque tool release and hear a clicking sound. As each
screw turns clockwise, the filler panel locks into place.
4. Verify the filler panel stiffener is flush with the front of the card
cage and even with other director logic cards.
5. If necessary, close the cabinet door.

5-40 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
RRP: Cable Tray, Upper or Lower
The director has two cable trays: one at the top front and one at the
bottom front of the chassis (Figure 5-1). Use the following procedures
to remove or replace the cable trays.

Tools Required ◆ Standard cross-tip (Phillips) screwdriver

◆ Standard flat-tip screwdriver

Removal To remove the upper cable tray:

(Upper Cable Tray) 1. If necessary, open the front cabinet door (RRP: CTP Card on
page 5-9).
2. If fiber-optic and Ethernet cables are attached to the director,
disengage the cables from the cable tray, then lift the cables up
and out of the tray.
3. Pull out and lower the top cable tray until it is resting on the front
of the chassis.
4. Remove the front top fan tray from the chassis.
5. Loosen and remove the nut over the screws at the right and left
sides of the chassis going inside the space where the top fan tray
resides.
6. Remove the top cable tray brackets from the screws.
7. Loosen and remove the two size #3 Phillips head screws in the
holes.
8. Remove the upper cable tray (Figure 5-19 on page 5-42) from the
chassis.
9. Reinsert the top fan tray.

Removal To remove the lower cable tray:

(Lower Cable Tray) 1. If necessary, open the front cabinet door (RRP: CTP Card on
page 5-9).
2. If fiber-optic and Ethernet cables are attached to the director,
disengage the cables from the cable tray, then lift the cables up
and out of the tray.

RRP: Cable Tray, Upper or Lower 5-41

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
3. Loosen and remove the five 4-40 flat head screws from the base of
the lower cable tray.
4. Remove the lower cable tray (Figure 5-19) from the chassis.
.

Figure 5-19 Upper or Lower Cable Tray Removal and Replacement

.

Replacement (Upper Cable Tray)

To replace the upper cable tray:
1. Position the cable management assembly at the front of the
director chassis.
2. Install the eight cable guides in the upper and lower cable trays.
3. Position the cable guides in the cable tray with the left four cable
guides angled toward the left and the right four cable guides
angled toward the right.
4. Insert and tighten the Phillips head screw at the base of each cable
guide.

5. Remove the front top fan tray from the chassis.

6. Insert the two #3 Phillips head screws in the holes at the right and
left sides chassis into the space where the top fan tray resides.

5-42 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
7. Insert the top cable tray brackets over the screws.
8. Place the nut over the screws and tighten.
9. Reinsert the top fan tray.
10. Lift the cable tray until it is parallel and slide it into the chassis.
11. Route fiber-optic and Ethernet cables through the cable tray.
Dress the cables evenly through the assembly cut-out slots.
12. If necessary, close the cabinet door.

Replacement (Lower Cable Tray)

To replace the lower cable tray:
1. Position the cable management assembly at the front of the
director chassis.
2. Insert and tighten the five #4-40 flat head screws.
3. Route fiber-optic and Ethernet cables through the cable tray.
Dress the cables evenly through the assembly cut-out slots.
4. If necessary, close the cabinet door.

RRP: Cable Tray, Upper or Lower 5-43

 FRU Removal and Replacement
5
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

5-44 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 EMC CONFIDENTIAL

6
Invisible Body Tag

Illustrated Parts
Breakdown

This chapter provides an illustrated parts breakdown for all

ED-10000M director field-replaceable units (FRUs):
◆ Overview .............................................................................................6-2
◆ Front-Accessible FRUs ......................................................................6-3
◆ Rear-Accessible FRUs ........................................................................6-5
◆ Rear-Accessible FRUs ........................................................................6-5

Illustrated Parts Breakdown 6-1

 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
6
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Overview
This chapter provides an illustrated parts breakdown for all
ED-10000M director field-replaceable units (FRUs) and parts.
Exploded-view assembly drawings are provided for:
• Front-accessible FRUs
• Rear-accessible FRUs
• Miscellaneous parts
Exploded-view illustrations portray the director disassembly
sequence for clarity. Illustrated FRUs and parts are numerically keyed
to associated parts lists. The parts lists include EMC part numbers,
descriptions, and quantities.
An (*ESD*) symbol precedes the description of a FRU containing
electrostatic discharge (ESD) sensitive components. Handle
ESD-labelled FRUs in accordance with caution statements in this
manual.

6-2 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
6
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Front-Accessible FRUs
Figure 6-1 illustrates the front-accessible FRUs and Table 6-1 is the
parts list. The table includes reference numbers to Figure 6-1, part
numbers, descriptions, and quantities.

Figure 6-1 Front-Accessible FRUs

Table 6-1 Front-Accessible FRU Parts List

Ref. Part Number Description Qty.

1 and 100-635-011 ED-10K Front fan tray 2

11

2 250-070-900 ED-10K LIM Blank filler panela 0 to 8

3 250-079-901 ED-10K LIM W/No optics 0 to 8

4 250-075-900 ED-10K PDL W/8 2G SW opt ics 0 to 32

4 250-073-900 ED-10K PDL W/ 8 2G LW optics 0 to 32

5 N/A Cable manager, upper a 1

Front-Accessible FRUs 6-3

 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
6
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Table 6-1 Front-Accessible FRU Parts List (continued)

Ref. Part Number Description Qty.

6 118032154 2GB LC SFP MM SW optic 0 to 256

6 118032204 2GB LC SFP SM LW optic (10K) 0 to 256

7 N/A Paddle filler panela 0 to 32

8 100-635-008 ED-10K XFP SW 10G optic 0 to 32

8 100-635-007 ED-10K XFP LW 10G 10KM optic 0 to 32

9 N/A Cable manager, lowera 1

10 250-074-900 ED-10K PDL W/2 10G SW optics 0 to 16

10 250-072-900 ED-10K PDL W/2 10G LW optics 0 to 16

12 250-062-901 ED-10K CTP card 2

a.This item is not a normal FRU.

6-4 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
6
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Rear-Accessible FRUs
Figure 6-2 illustrates the rear-accessible FRUs, and Table 6-2 is the
parts lists. The table includes reference numbers to Figure 6-2, part
numbers, descriptions, and quantities.

Figure 6-2 Rear-Accessible FRUs

Table 6-2 Rear-Accessible FRU Parts List

Ref. Part Number Description Qty.

1 N/A AC power switch/breakera 2

2 and 6 100-635-012 ED-10K rear fan tray 2

3 100-635-013 ED-10K power supply 2 to 4

4 250-080-901 ED-10K SWM card 4

5 250-071-900 ED-10K SWM blank filler panela 0

a.This item is not a normal FRU.

Rear-Accessible FRUs 6-5

 Illustrated Parts Breakdown
6
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

6-6 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Invisible Body Tag

A

Event Code Tables

This appendix lists all three-digit ED-10000M Director event codes

and provides detailed information about each code:
◆ Overview ............................................................................................A-2
◆ System Events (000 through 199)....................................................A-4
◆ Power Supply Events (200 through 299) .....................................A-16
◆ Fan Tray Events (300 through 399) ...............................................A-20
◆ CTP Card Events (400 through 499) .............................................A-26
◆ LIM Events (500 through 599) .......................................................A-39
◆ SWM Events (600 through 699).....................................................A-57
◆ Thermal Events (800 through 899)................................................A-61

Event Code Tables A-1

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Overview
An event is an occurrence (state change, problem detection, or
problem correction) that requires user attention or that should be
reported to a system administrator or service representative. An
event usually indicates a director operational state transition, but
may also indicate an impending state change (threshold violation).
An event may also provide information only, and not indicate an
operational state change. Events are reported as event codes.
This appendix lists the three-digit event codes and provides detailed
information about each code. Event codes are listed in numerical
order and in tabular format, and are grouped as follows:
• 000 through 199 - System events
• 200 through 299 - Power supply events
• 300 through 399 - Fan tray events
• 400 through 499 - Control processor (CTP) card events
• 500 through 599 - Line module (LIM) events
• 600 through 699 - Switching module (SWM) events
• 800 through 899 - Thermal events
Events are recorded in the ED-10000M Event Log, in the event log of
the CLI, at a remote workstation if E-mail and call-home features are
enabled, or at a simple network management protocol (SNMP)
workstation. An event may also illuminate the system error
light-emitting diode (LED) on the director front bezel.
In addition to numerical event codes, the tables in this appendix also
provide a:
◆ Message—A brief text string that describes the event.
◆ Severity—A severity level that indicates event criticality as
follows:
• Informational
• Minor
• Major
• Severe (not operational)
◆ Explanation - An explanation of what caused the event.

A-2 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
◆ Action—The recommended course of action (if any) to resolve the
problem.
◆ Event data—Supplementary event data (if any) that appears in
the event log in hexadecimal format.
◆ Distribution—Check marks in associated fields indicate where
the event code is reported (director, Connectrix Service Processor,
or host).

Overview A-3
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
System Events (000 through 199)

Event Code: 001

Message: System power-down.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: The director was powered off or disconnected from the facility AC power source. The event code is distributed the
next time the director powers on, but the date and time of the code reflect the power-off time.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 031

Message: SNMP request received from unauthorized community.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: An SNMP request containing an unauthorized community name was received and rejected with an error. Only
requests containing authorized SNMP community names as configured through the Connectrix Service
Processor application are allowed.

Action: Add the community name to the SNMP configuration using the Connectrix Service Processor application.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

A-4 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 052

Message: Connectrix Service Processor application internal error.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: An internal operating error was detected by the Connectrix Service Processor application.

Action: Connectrix Service Processor application internal error: Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD
to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: Supplementary data consists of reporting tasks of type eMST_SB2, with component_id
eMSCID_SB2_CHPGM. For each type of error or indication, the subcomponent_id is:
Connectrix Service Processor application internal error: subcomponent_id is
eMS_ELR_SB2_DEVICE_PROTOCOL_ERROR or
eMS_ELR_SB2_MSG_PROCESSING_ERROR.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 062

Message: Maximum interswitch hop count exceeded.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: The fabric controller software detected that a path to another fabric element (director or switch) traverses more
than seven interswitch links (ISLs or hops). This may result in Fibre Channel frames persisting in the fabric longer
than standard timeout values allow.

Action: If possible, reconfigure the fabric so the path between any two directors or switches traverses no more than
seven ISLs.

Event Data: Byte 0 = domain ID of the fabric element (director or switch) more than seven hops away.
Bytes 1 - 3 = reserved.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

System Events (000 through 199) A-5

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 064

Message: ESS response from indicated domain not received after maximum tries exhausted.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: The fabric controller software detected that the ESS response from the indicated domain has not been received
after the maximum number of attempts. Event posts in EMC interop mode only.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: Byte 0 = domain ID of the fabric element (director or switch) not receiving a response to an ESS message.
Byte 1 = domain ID of the fabric element (director or switch) not responding.
Bytes 2- 3 = reserved.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 070

Message: E_Port is segmented.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: A director E_Port recognized an incompatibility with an attached fabric element (director or switch), preventing
the director from participating in the fabric. A segmented port does not transmit Class 2 or Class 3 traffic (data
from attached devices), but transmits Class F traffic (management and control data from the attached director or
switch). See the event data below for the segmentation reason.

Action: Action depends on the segmentation reason specified in the event data.

A-6 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Event Data: The first byte of event data (byte 0) specifies the E_Port number. The fifth byte (byte 4) specifies the
segmentation reason as follows:
1 = Incompatible operating parameters. Ether the resource allocation time out value (R_A_TOV) or error
detect time out value (E_D_TOV) is inconsistent between the director and another fabric element (director or
switch). Modify the R_A_TOV and E_D_TOV to make the values consistent for all fabric directors and
switches.
2 = Duplicate domain ID. The director has the same preferred domain ID as another fabric element (director or
switch). Modify the director’s Domain ID to make it unique.
3 = Incompatible zoning configurations. The same name is applied to a zone for the director and another
fabric element (director or switch), but the zones contain different zone members. Modify the zone name to make
it unique, or ensure zones with the same name contain identical zone members.
4 = Build fabric protocol error. A protocol error was detected during incorporation of the director into the fabric.
Disconnect the E_Port link, then reconnect the link. If the condition persists, perform the data collection
procedure and return the CD to EMC support personnel.
5 = No principal switch. No director or switch in the fabric can become the principal switch. Modify the switch
priority to any value other than 255.
6 = No response from attached switch (hello timeout). The director periodically verifies operation of attached
fabric elements (directors or switches). The director E_Port (at the operational director) times out and segments if
the attached device does not respond. Check the status of the attached director or switch. If the condition
persists, perform the data collection procedure (at the attached device) and return the CD to EMC support
personnel.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

System Events (000 through 199) A-7

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 071

Message: Switch is isolated.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: The director is isolated from other fabric elements (directors or switches). This event code is accompanied by one
or more 070 event codes. Refer to the event data for the segmentation reason.

Action: Action depends on the segmentation reason specified in the event data.

Event Data: The first byte of event data (byte 0) specifies the E_Port number. The fifth byte (byte 4) specifies the
segmentation reason as follows:
1 = Incompatible operating parameters. Ether the resource allocation time out value (R_A_TOV) or error
detect time out value (E_D_TOV) is inconsistent between the director and another fabric element (director or
switch). Modify the R_A_TOV and E_D_TOV to make the values consistent for all fabric directors and switches.
2 = Duplicate domain ID. The director has the same preferred domain ID as another fabric element (director or
switch). Modify the director’s Domain ID to make it unique.
3 = Incompatible zoning configurations. The same name is applied to a zone for the director and another
fabric element (director or switch), but the zones contain different zone members. Modify the zone name to make
it unique, or ensure zones with the same name contain identical zone members.
4 = Build fabric protocol error. A protocol error was detected during incorporation of the director into the fabric.
Disconnect the E_Port link, then reconnect the link. If the condition persists, perform the data collection
procedure and return the CD to EMC support personnel.
5 = No principal switch. No director or switch in the fabric can become the principal switch. Modify the switch
priority to any value other than 255.
6 = No response from attached switch (hello timeout). The director periodically verifies operation of attached
fabric elements (directors or switches). The director E_Port (at the operational director) times out and segments if
the attached device does not respond. Check the status of the attached director or switch. If the condition
persists, perform the data collection procedure (at the attached device) and return the CD to EMC support
personnel.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

A-8 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 072

Message: E_Port connected to unsupported switch.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: The director is attached (through an ISL) to an incompatible fabric element (director or switch).

Action: Disconnect the ISL.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 073

Message: Fabric initialization error.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: An error was detected during the fabric initialization sequence, most likely caused by frame delivery errors. Event
data is intended for engineering evaluation.

Action: Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 0 = error reason code for engineering evaluation.

Bytes 4 - 9 = port numbers for which problems were detected.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

System Events (000 through 199) A-9

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 074

Message: ILS frame delivery error threshold exceeded.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: Fabric controller frame delivery errors exceeded an E_Port threshold and caused fabric initialization problems
(073 event code). Most fabric initialization problems are caused by control frame delivery errors, as indicated by
this code. Event data is intended for engineering evaluation.

Action: Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 0 = E_Port number reporting the problem.

Bytes 4 - 7 = Count of frame delivery timeouts.
Bytes 8- 11 = Count of frame delivery aborts.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 080

Message: Unauthorized worldwide name.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: The worldwide name of the device or director plugged in the indicated port is not authorized for that port.

Action: Change the port binding definition or plug the correct device or director into this port.

Event Data: Byte 0 = Port number reporting the unauthorized connection.

Bytes 4 - 11 = WWN of the unauthorized device or fabric element.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔

A-10 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Event Code: 081

Message: Invalid attachment.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: A director port recognized an incompatibility with the attached fabric element or device and isolated the port. An
isolated port does not transmit Class 2, Class 3, or Class F traffic. Refer to the event data for the reason.

Action: Action depends on the reason specified in the event data.

System Events (000 through 199) A-11

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Event Data: The first byte of event data (byte 0) specifies the port number. The fifth byte (byte 4) specifies the isolation reason
as follows:
1 = Unknown - Isolation reason is unknown, but probably caused by failure of a device attached to the director
through an E_Port connection. Fault isolate the failed device or contact support personnel to report the problem.
2 = Non E_Port mode - Port on this director or other side of ISL is set to F_Port only mode. Change mode of port
to G_Port or E_Port.
3 = Process ELP reject with unable to process reason code - Indicates connection errors with non-EMC
switch. If connected to non-EMC switch, contact the vendor.
4 = Process ELP reject with invalid revision level - Should only happen when connected to non-EMC switch.
Indicates it is not compatible with the revision level in ELP frame. Switches are not compatible.
5 = Loopback indication - Port is connected to another port on the same director or a loopback plug is inserted.
Or two switches have the same WWN. REmove the loopback plug or ISL.
6 = Non-F_Port mode. - Detect that a switch is attached to a port set to F_Port only mode. Change mode of port.
7 = When in legacy mode detect connection over E_Port of a non-EMC switch based on the WWN - If wish
to connect to non-EMC switch, set switch mode to Open Fabric.
8 = E_Port capability disabled and receive ELP - Port configuration issue.
A = Unauthorized port binding WWN - Port binding security authorization on either F_Port or E_Port. Modify
port binding WWN or disable port binding on the port.
B = G_Port ELP timeout - Unresponsive node connected to port. Timed out sending ELP frames and not get
FLOGI or good response to sent ELP. Indicate problem with attached device. Can happen with connection to
either switch or device. Check status of attached device.
C = ESA security mismatch - Processing of the Exchange Security Attribute (ESA) frame detected a security
feature mismatch. The fabric binding and director binding parameters for this director and the attached fabric
element must agree. Ensure the parameters for both fabric elements are compatible or disable the fabric and
director binding features.
D = Fabric binding mismatch - Fabric binding is enabled and an attached fabric element has an incompatible
fabric membership list. Could also be the result of problems delivering EFMD ILS. Update the fabric membership
list for both fabric elements to ensure compatibility or disable the fabric binding feature.
E = Authorization failure reject - The fabric element connected to the director through an ISL detected a
security violation. As a result, the director received a generic reason code and set the port to an invalid
attachment state. Check the port status of the attached fabric element and clean the link’s fiber-optic components
(cable and connectors).
F = Unauthorized switch binding WWN - Director binding is enabled and an attached device or fabric element
has an incompatible director membership list. Update the director membership list for the director and the
attached device or fabric element to ensure compatibility or disable the director binding feature.
10 = Authentication failure - Authentication check (CHAP) failed. Update the authentication lists or disable
authentication.
11 = Fabric mode mismatch - Based on the ELP revision level, a connection was not allowed because a EMC
switch in legacy mode is attached to a EMC switch in Open Fabric mode, or a EMC switch in Open Fabric mode
is attached to an OEM switch at an incorrect ELP revision level. Update the fabric mode for one switch.
12 = CNT WAN extension mode mismatch - Based on ELP maximum frame size, assume that connected to a
switch in the CNT WAN extension mode. When in the CNT WAN extension mode, the maximum frame size is
different. Update one of the switches to the correct WAN extension mode.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔

A-12 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 090

Message: Database replication time out.

Severity: Minor.

Explanation: Replication of a fabric services database from master CTP to backup CTP has timed out. The backup CTP has
been dumped and IPLed. After the backup CTP completes the IPL, its databases will be brought up to date and
replication will resume.

Action: Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: Bytes 0 - 3: Type of replication operation that timed out.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 121

Message: Zone set activation failed - zone set too large.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: This event occurs when the director receives a zone set activation command that exceeds the size supported by
the director. The director rejects the command, drops the director-to-Connectrix Service Processor Ethernet link,
and forces error recovery processing. When the link recovers, the command can be modified and retried.

Action: Reduce the size of the zone set to conform to the limit specified, then retry the activation command.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

System Events (000 through 199) A-13

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Event Code: 150

Message: Zone merge failure.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: During ISL initialization, the zone merge process failed. Either an incompatible zone set was detected or a
problem occurred during delivery of a zone merge frame. This event code always precedes a 070 ISL
segmentation event code, and represents the reply of an adjacent fabric element in response to a zone merge
frame. Refer to the event data for the failure reason.

Action: Action depends on the failure reason specified in the event data.

Event Data: Bytes 0 - 3 of the event data specify affected E_Port number(s).
Bytes 4 - 7 specify the request SW_ILS command code.
Bytes 8 - 31 specify the request response payload.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 151

Message: Fabric configuration failure.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: A fabric-wide configuration activation failed. For example, a zone set activation.
An event 151 is only logged by the managing switch. It is intended to detect and log errors that occur on the
managing switch in the fabric when fabric configuration failures are detected. It is intended to help engineering
personnel determine the cause of fabric-configuration failures.
The event 151 is only possible in EOS versions 5.1 and above. All data values of the event are in big-endian
notation, regardless of the embedded processor. All data values are hexadecimal and range from 0x00000000
and 0x000000FF.

Action: Depends on the failure reason. In most cases, perform the data collection procedure on the managing switch and
the managed switch, and return the CD to EMC support personnel.

A-14 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Event Data: Reason codes were mapped from the software implementation (FC-SW2 protocol) so decoding them is
complicated and may require engineering assistance.

Bytes 0 - 3 = Managing switches domain ID in internal format (1 - 31).

Bytes 4 - 7 = Fabric configuration operation that failed.
Bytes 8 - 11 = Fabric configuration step that failed.
Bytes 12 - 15 = Managed switch domain ID in internal format (1 - 31).
Bytes 16 - 19 = Response command code received from managed switch.
Bytes 20 - 23 = Response code received from the managed switch.
Bytes 24 - 27 = Reason code received from the managed switch.
Bytes 28 - 31 = Error code received from the managed switch.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 152

Message: Potential fabric zone enforcement failure.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: Fabric controller software has detected a legacy switch in the fabric that cannot enforce the Domain + Port zoning
when the domain configured in the zoning is an I10K domain. Preserving the existing active zoneset in the fabric
leads to incorrect enforcement of zoning. Event only generated in EMC proprietary mode.

Action: Upgrade legacy switches to a code level that supports the I10K in a fabric or use WWN zoning instead of Domain
+ Port zoning when listing devices in the zoning configuration that are directly attached to the I10K or replace the
legacy switch with a more compatible product.

Event Data: Byte 0 = domain ID of the switch that detected the failure.
Byte 1 = domain ID of the legacy switch that cannot enforce the configuration.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔

System Events (000 through 199) A-15

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Power Supply Events (200 through 299)

Event Code: 200

Message: Power supply AC voltage failure.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: Alternating current (AC) input to the indicated power supply is disconnected or AC circuitry in the power supply
failed. The second power supply assumes the full operating load for the director.

Action: Ensure the power supply is connected to facility AC power, and verify operation of the facility power source. If the
AC voltage does not recover (indicated by event code 203), replace the failed power supply. Perform the data
collection procedure and return the CD and failed power supply to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 201

Message: Power supply DC voltage failure.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: Direct current (DC) circuitry in the power supply failed. The second power supply assumes the full operating load
for the director.

Action: Replace the failed power supply. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and failed power
supply to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

A-16 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 202

Message: Power supply thermal failure.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: The thermal sensor associated with a power supply indicates an overheat condition that shut down the power
supply. The second power supply assumes the full operating load for the director.

Action: Replace the failed power supply. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and failed power
supply to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 203

Message: Power supply AC voltage recovery.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: AC voltage recovered for the power supply. Both power supplies adjust to share operating load for the director.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Power Supply Events (200 through 299) A-17

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 204

Message: Power supply DC voltage recovery.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: DC voltage recovered for the power supply. Both power supplies adjust to share operating load for the director.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 206

Message: Power supply removed.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: A power supply was removed while the director was powered on and operational. The second power supply
assumes the full operating load for the director.

Action: No action required or install an operational power supply.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

A-18 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 207

Message: Power supply installed.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: A redundant power supply was installed with the director powered on and operational. Both power supplies adjust
to share operating load for the director.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Power Supply Events (200 through 299) A-19

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Fan Tray Events (300 through 399)

Event Code: 322

Message: Front top fan tray failed.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: A fan tray has failed.

Action: Replace the failed fan tray. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and failed fan tray to EMC
support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 0 = failed fan FRU number.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 323

Message: Front bottom fan tray failed.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: A fan tray has failed.

Action: Replace the failed fan tray. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and failed fan tray to EMC
support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 0 = failed fan FRU number.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

A-20 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 324

Message: Rear top fan tray failed.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: A fan tray has failed.

Action: Replace the failed fan tray. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and failed fan tray to EMC
support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 0 = failed fan FRU number.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 325

Message: Rear bottom fan tray failed.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: A fan tray has failed.

Action: Replace the failed fan tray. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and failed fan tray to EMC
support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 0 = failed fan FRU number.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Fan Tray Events (300 through 399) A-21

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 326

Message: Front top fan tray installed.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: The front top fan tray was installed with the director powered on and operational.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 327

Message: Front bottom fan tray installed.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: The front bottom fan tray was installed with the director powered on and operational.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

A-22 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 328

Message: Rear top fan tray installed.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: The rear top fan tray was installed with the director powered on and operational.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 329

Message: Rear bottom fan tray installed.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: The rear bottom fan tray was installed with the director powered on and operational.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Fan Tray Events (300 through 399) A-23

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 330

Message: Front top fan tray removed.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: The front top fan tray was removed with the director powered on and operational.

Action: Replace the front top fan tray immediately.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 331

Message: Front bottom fan tray removed.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: The front bottom fan tray was removed with the director powered on and operational.

Action: Replace the front bottom fan tray immediately.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔

A-24 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 332

Message: Rear top fan tray removed.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: The rear top fan tray was removed with the director powered on and operational.

Action: Replace the rear top fan tray immediately.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 333

Message: Rear bottom fan tray removed.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: The rear bottom fan tray was removed with the director powered on and operational.

Action: Replace the rear bottom fan tray immediately.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔

Fan Tray Events (300 through 399) A-25

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
CTP Card Events (400 through 499)

Event Code: 400

Message: Power-up diagnostics failure.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: Power-on self tests (POSTs) detected a faulty field-replaceable unit (FRU) as indicated by the event data.

Action: Replace the failed FRU with a functional FRU. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and faulty
FRU to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 0 = FRU code as follows: 02 = midplane, 03 = CTP card, 04 = SWM, 05 = fan tray, front bottom fan
(FTF/FBF), 06 = fan tray, front top fan (FTF/FBF), 07 = fan tray, rear bottom fan (RTF/RBF), 08 = fan tray, rear top
fan (RTF/RBF), 09 = power supply, 0A = power transfer module, 0B = LIM, 0C = 10 Gbps optical paddle, 0D = 1
or 2 Gbps optical paddle, and 0E = GBIC.
Byte 1 = FRU slot number. Byte 2 = device ID.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 411

Message: Firmware fault.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: Firmware executing on the indicated CTP card encountered an unexpected operating condition and dumped the
operating state to FLASH memory for retrieval and analysis. The dump file is automatically transferred from the
director to the Connectrix Service Processor, where it is stored for retrieval through the data collection procedure.
A non-disruptive failover to the backup CTP card occurs. When the dump and subsequent IPL complete, the
faulty CTP card re-initializes to become a the backup.

Action: Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: Bytes 0 - 3 = fault identifier, least significant byte first.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔

A-26 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 413

Message: Backup CTP card POST failure.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: A backup CTP card was installed in the director and failed POSTs.

Action: Replace the indicated CTP card with a functional card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD
and faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 414

Message: Backup CTP card failure.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: The backup CTP card failed.

Action: Replace the indicated CTP card with a functional card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD
and faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 0 = slot number.

Byte 1 = engineering failure reason code.
Byte 2 = internal error code.
Byte 3 = device number.
Byte 4 = BMAC link.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

CTP Card Events (400 through 499) A-27

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 415

Message: Backup CTP card removed.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: The backup CTP card was removed while the director was powered on and operational.

Action: Install an operational backup CTP card.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 416

Message: Backup CTP card installed.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: A backup CTP card was installed while the director was powered on and operational.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

A-28 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 417

Message: CTP card firmware synchronization initiated.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: The active CTP card initiated a firmware synchronization with the backup CTP card.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 418

Message: User-initiated CTP card switchover.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: The backup CTP card became the active CTP card after a user-initiated switchover. The previously active CTP
card is now the backup CTP card.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

CTP Card Events (400 through 499) A-29

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 419

Message: CTP card NVRAM failure.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: Physical device failure associated with failure to read or write from NVRAM.

Action: Replace the faulty CTP card with a functional CTP card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD
and faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: Bytes 0 = NVRAM area identifier.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 421

Message: Firmware download complete.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: A director firmware version was downloaded from the Connectrix Service Processor or Web server. The event
data indicates the firmware version in hexadecimal format xx.yy.zz bbbb, where xx is the release level, yy is the
maintenance level, zz is the interim release level, and bbbb is the build ID.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: Bytes 0 and 1 = release level (xx).

Byte 2 = always a period.
Bytes 3 and 4 = maintenance level (yy).
Byte 5 = always a period.
Bytes 6 and 7 = interim release level (zz).
Byte 8 = always a space.
Bytes 9 - 12 = build ID (bbbb).

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

A-30 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 422

Message: CTP firmware synchronization complete.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: Active CTP card synchronization with the backup CTP card complete.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 423

Message: CTP firmware download initiated.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: The Connectrix Service Processor or Web server initiated download of a new firmware version to the director.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

CTP Card Events (400 through 499) A-31

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Event Code: 445

Message: ASIC detected system anomaly.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: The application-specific integrated chip (ASIC) detected a deviation in the normal operating mode or operating
status of the switch.

Action: No action required. An additional event code is generated if this incident exceeds an error threshold that results in
a system event.

Event Data: Byte 0 = slot number.

Byte 1 = device number.
Byte 2 = link number.
Byte 3 = engineering failure reason code.
Bytes 4 - 7 = internal error code.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 453

Message: New feature key installed.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: This event occurs when a new feature key is installed from the Connectrix Service Processor or Web server. The
director performs an IPL when the feature key is enabled. Event data indicates which feature or features are
installed.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: Byte 0 = feature description as follows: 00 through 04 = Flexport, 06 = open-system Connectrix Service
Processor,
07 = FICON Connectrix Service Processor.
Byte 1 = feature description as follows: 01 = full volatility, 02 = FICON CUP zoning, 03 = SANtegrity
authentication, 04 = CNT support, 05 = hardware trunking, 06 = SANtegrity binding, 07 = open trunking
Byte 2 = feature description as follows: 02 = remote fabric license, 03 - 04 = number of partitions,
06 = Product Manager license, 07 = preferred path

A-32 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 470

Message: CTP shutdown by user.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: The CTP is shutdown at a user request.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 471

Message: CTP restart by user.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: The CTP is restarted at a user request.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

CTP Card Events (400 through 499) A-33

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 472

Message: Backup CTP takeover.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: The backup CTP detected a failure of the active CTP and took over as an active CTP.

Action: Replace the faulty CTP card with a functional CTP card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD
and faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 473

Message: CTP shutdown due to failure.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: The CTP detected a failure and is shut down. If the CTP is the active CTP, the backup CTP will take over at the
active CTP.

Action: Replace the faulty CTP card with a functional CTP card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD
and faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 0 = slot number

Byte 1 = engineering failure reason code
Byte 2 = internal error code
Byte 3 = device number

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔

A-34 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 474

Message: CTP restart due to failure.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: The CTP detected a failure and is restarted to perform self-recovery. If the CTP is the active CTP, the backup
CTP will take over at the active CTP. The failed CTP will come back at the backup CTP. If the failure persists, the
faulty CTP will power off.

Action: Replace the faulty CTP card with a functional CTP card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD
and faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 1 = invalid configuration

Byte 2 = configuration write failure
Byte 3= communication lost
Byte 4 = invalid CTP state
Byte 5 = CTP takeover pending
Byte 6 = system framework failure
Byte 7 = memory usage threshold exceeded
Byte 8= number of process restarts exceeded
Byte 9 = process fatal error
Byte 10 = critical process failure
Byte 11= system timer expired
Byte 12= invalid software release

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔

CTP Card Events (400 through 499) A-35

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Event Code: 475

Message: Process self-detected failure.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: Event occurs when a system process detects a failure condition before being restarted by Container/Partition
Manager.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: Byte 0 = partition number

Byte 1 = process service ID

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 476

Message: Process failure.

Severity: Minor.

Explanation: Event generated when Partition Manager detects a failure condition for a non-critical process and restarts the
process. Shutdown occurs if this event happens repeatedly during a certain time period.

Action: Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 0 = partition number

Byte 1 = process service ID

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔

A-36 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 481

Message: Partition slot removed.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: A user has removed a slot from its current partition.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: Byte 0 = slot number of LIM

Byte 1 = partition number

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 482

Message: Partition slot added.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: A user has added a slot to a different partition.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: Byte 0 = slot number of LIM

Byte 1 = partition number

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

CTP Card Events (400 through 499) A-37

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 483

Message: Partition shutdown due to failure.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: Partition detected a failure and shutdown.

Action: Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 0 = partition number

Byte 1 = nature of failure with 1 = partition upgrade failure; 2 = test partition failure.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 484

Message: Partition restart due to failure.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: Partition detected a failure and shutdown.

Action: Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: There is 2-byte supplementary data which is reserved for internal use.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

A-38 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
LIM Events (500 through 599)

Event Code: 500

Message: LIM hot-insertion initiated.

Severity: Informational

Explanation: Installation of a LIM was initiated with the director powered on and operational. The event indicates that
operational firmware detected the presence of the card, but the card is not seated. When the card is seated in the
director chassis and identified by firmware, an event code 501 is generated.

Action: If event code 501 follows this event and the amber LED on the card extinguishes, the replacement card is
installed and no additional action is required. If event code 501 does not follow this event, re-seat the card. If
event code 501 still does not appear, replace the LIM.

Event Data: Byte 0 = LIM slot position

Bytes 4 - 7 = elapsed millisecond tick count.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 501

Message: LIM recognized.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: A LIM is installed and recognized by director firmware. Indicates slot assignment into this partition.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: Byte 0 = LIM slot position.

Bytes 4 - 7 = elapsed millisecond tick count.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

LIM Events (500 through 599) A-39

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 502

Message: LIM anomaly detected.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: The CTP card detected a deviation in the normal operating mode or status of the indicated LIM.

Action: No action required. An event code 504 is generated if the LIM fails.

Event Data: Byte 0 = LIM slot position.

Byte 1 = device number.
Byte 2 = link number (for midplane errors).
Byte 3 = engineering failure reason code.
Bytes 4 to 7 = internal error code.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 503

Message: LIM hot-removal completed.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: A LIM was removed with the director powered on and operational.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: Byte 0 = LIM slot position.

Bytes 4 - 7 = elapsed millisecond tick count.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

A-40 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 504

Message: LIM failure.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: The indicated LIM failed.

Action: Replace the indicated LIM with a functional card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and
faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 0 = LIM slot position.

Byte 1 = engineering reason code.
Byte 2 = internal error code.
Byte 3= device number.
Byte 4 = BMAC link number.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 505

Message: LIM revision not supported.

Severity: Minor.

Explanation: The indicated LIM is not recognized and the four ports appear uninstalled to the director firmware.

Action: Ensure the director model supports the operating firmware version. If the firmware version is supported, replace
the LIM with a functional card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and faulty card to EMC
support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 0 = LIM slot position.

Bytes 4 - 7 = elapsed millisecond tick count.
Bytes 8 and 9 = detected module identifier.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

LIM Events (500 through 599) A-41

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 506

Message: Fibre Channel port failure.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: A fibre channel port on a LIM failed. The amber LED corresponding to the port illuminates to indicate the failure.
Other ports remain operational if their LEDs are extinguished.

Action: Replace the indicated LIM with a functional card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and
faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 0 = port number.

Byte 1 = LIM number.
Byte 2 = device on LIM.
Byte 3= internal error reason code.
Byte 4 = port number.
Byte 5 = engineering failure reason code.
Bytes 8- 11 = elapsed millisecond tick count.
Bytes 12- 15 = reason code specific.
Byte 19 = distance capabilities.
Byte 20 = connector type.
Bytes 21 - 22 = transmitter technology.
Byte 23 = distance capabilities.
Byte 24 = supported transmission media.
Byte 25 = speed capabilities.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

A-42 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 507

Message: Loopback diagnostics port failure.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: A loopback diagnostic test detected a Fibre Channel port failure.

Action: No action required. An event code 506 is generated if this diagnostic failure results in a hard port failure.

Event Data: Byte 0 = port number.

Byte 1 = engineering reason code.
Bytes 4 - 7 = elapsed millisecond tick count.
Bytes 8 - 11 = reason code specific.
Byte 12 = test type.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 508

Message: Fibre Channel port anomaly detected.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: The CTP card detected a deviation in the normal operating mode or status of the indicated fibre channel port.

Action: No action required. An event code 506 is generated if this anomaly results in a hard port failure.

Event Data: Byte 0 = port number. Byte 12 = detecting port.

Byte 1 = anomaly reason code. Byte 13 = connected port.
Bytes 4 - 7 = elapsed millisecond tick count. Byte 14 = participating SWM.
Bytes 8 and 9 = high-availability error callout #1. Bytes 16 and 17 = high-availability error callout #3.
Bytes 10 and 11 = high-availability error callout #2. Bytes 18 and 19 = high-availability error callout #4.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

LIM Events (500 through 599) A-43

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 510

Message: SFP/XFP optical transceiver hot-insertion initiated.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: Installation of an SFP or XFP optical transceiver was initiated with the director powered on and operational. The
event indicates that operational firmware detected the presence of the transceiver.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: Byte 0 = port number.

Byte 2 = type of optics: Bit 1 = SFP; Bit 2 = XFP.
Bytes 4 - 7 = elapsed millisecond tick count.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 511

Message: LIM SPP failure.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: A LIM SPP ASIC has failed.

Action: Replace the indicated LIM with a functional card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and
faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 0 = slot number.

Byte 1 = engineering failure reason code.
Byte 2 = internal error code.
Byte 3 = device number.
Byte 4 = BMAC link number.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

A-44 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 512

Message: SFP/XFP optical transceiver nonfatal error.

Severity: Minor.

Explanation: Director firmware detected an SFP or XFP optical transceiver non-fatal error.

Action: Replace the failed transceiver with a functional transceiver of the same type.

Event Data: Byte 0 = port number.

Byte 1 = engineering reason code.
Byte 2 = type of optics: Bit 1 = SFP; Bit 2 = XFP.
Bytes 4 - 7 = elapsed millisecond tick count.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 513

Message: SFP/XFP optical transceiver hot-removal completed.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: An SFP or XFP optical transceiver was removed while the director was powered on and operational.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: Byte 0 = port number.

Byte 2 = type of optics: Bit 1 = SFP; Bit 2 = XFP.
Bytes 4 - 7 = elapsed millisecond tick count.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

LIM Events (500 through 599) A-45

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 514

Message: SFP/XFP optical transceiver failure.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: An SFP or XFP optical transceiver in a LIM failed. The amber LED corresponding to the port illuminates to
indicate the failure. Other ports remain operational if their LEDs are extinguished.

Action: Replace the failed transceiver with a functional transceiver of the same type.

Event Data: Byte 0 = port number.

Byte 1 = engineering reason code.
Byte 2 = type of optics: Bit 1 = SFP; Bit 2 = XFP.
Bytes 4 - 7 = elapsed millisecond tick count.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 515

Message: SFP/XFP optics digital diagnostics warning threshold exceeded.

Severity: Minor.

Explanation: A digital diagnostics warning threshold is exceeded. If warning condition persists, additional 515 events are
generated.

Action: Replace the failed transceiver with a functional transceiver of the same type.

Event Data: Byte 0 = port number.

Byte 2 = type of optics: Bit 1 = SFP; Bit 2 = XFP.
Bytes 4 - 7 = elapsed millisecond tick count.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

A-46 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 516

Message: SFP/XFP optics digital diagnostics alarm threshold exceeded.

Severity: Minor.

Explanation: A digital diagnostics warning threshold is exceeded. If warning condition persists, additional 516 events are
generated.

Action: Replace the failed transceiver with a functional transceiver of the same type.

Event Data: Byte 0 = port number.

Byte 2 = type of optics: Bit 1 = SFP; Bit 2 = XFP.
Bytes 4 - 7 = elapsed millisecond tick count.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 517

Message: LIM SPP offline.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: A digital diagnostics warning threshold is exceeded. If warning condition persists, additional 516 events are
generated.

Action: Extract and insert the LIM card in its slot. If problem continues, replace the indicated LIM with a functional card.
Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 0 = SPP number.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

LIM Events (500 through 599) A-47

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 526

Message: LIM software restart.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: LIM software has restarted due to some failure or card insertion.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 527

Message: LIM software fault.

Severity: Minor.

Explanation: LIM software has faulted due to an error and restarts.

Action: Replace the indicated LIM with a functional card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and
faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 0 = 8 bits with 1 = flash device upgrade failed; 2 = LIM software exception.
Byte 1 = 8 bits. If byte 0 = 2, then 1 = assertion failure, 2 = general exception; 3 = watchdog exception or other.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔

A-48 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 528

Message: LIM firmware synchronization started.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: LIM software synchronization in progress.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 529

Message: LIM firmware synchronization completed.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: LIM software synchronization completed.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

LIM Events (500 through 599) A-49

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 530

Message: LIM power-up diagnostic failure.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: The power-on self-test (POST) detected a failure in one of the LIMs.

Action: Replace the indicated LIM with a functional card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and
faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 0 = FRU code.

Byte 1 = slot number.
Byte 2 = device number.
Byte 3 = power-on error code.
Byte 4 - 7 = power-up data code.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 550

Message: Optical paddle (OTPS) inserted.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: 2 Gig paddle inserted.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

A-50 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 551

Message: Optical paddle (OTPS) removed.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: 2 Gig paddle removed.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 552

Message: Optical paddle (OTPS) failure.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: A 2 Gig optical paddle failed.

Action: Replace the failed paddle with a functional paddle of the same type. Perform the data collection procedure and
return the CD and faulty paddle to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

LIM Events (500 through 599) A-51

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 553

Message: Optical paddle (OTPX) inserted.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: 10 Gig paddle inserted.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 554

Message: Optical paddle (OTPX) removed.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: 10 Gig paddle removed.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

A-52 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 555

Message: Optical paddle (OTPX) failure.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: A 10 Gig optical paddle failed.

Action: Replace the failed paddle with a functional paddle of the same type. Perform the data collection procedure and
return the CD and faulty paddle to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with the event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 581

Message: Implicit incident.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: An attached open systems interconnection (OSI) or Fibre Connection (FICON) server recognized a condition
caused by an event that occurred at the server. The event caused an implicit Fibre Channel link incident.

Action: A link incident record (LIR) is generated and sent to the attached server using the reporting procedure defined in
T11/99-017v0 (OSI) or the FICON architecture document (FICON). If fault isolation at the server does not detect
a failure, the problem may be due to a port failure. See MAP 0000: Start MAP on page 3-18 for instructions.

Event Data: Refer to the T11/99-017v0 or FICON architecture document for the specific link incident record format.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

LIM Events (500 through 599) A-53

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 582

Message: Bit error threshold exceeded.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: An attached OSI or FICON server determined the number of code violation errors recognized exceeded the bit
error threshold.

Action: A link incident record (LIR) is generated and sent to the attached server using the reporting procedure defined in
T11/99-017v0 (OSI) or the FICON architecture document (FICON). If fault isolation at the server does not detect
a failure, the problem may be due to a port failure. See Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS) on page 3-1 for
instructions.

Event Data: Refer to the T11/99-017v0 or FICON architecture document for the specific link incident record format.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

Event Code: 583

Message: Loss of signal or loss of synchronization.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: An attached OSI or FICON server recognized a loss-of-signal condition or a loss-of-synchronization condition
that persisted for more than the specified receiver-transmitter timeout value (R_T_TOV).

Action: A link incident record (LIR) is generated and sent to the attached server using the reporting procedure defined in
T11/99-017v0 (OSI) or the FICON architecture document (FICON). If fault isolation at the server does not detect
a failure, the problem may be due to a port failure. See Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS) on page 3-1 for
instructions.

Event Data: Refer to the T11/99-017v0 or FICON architecture document for the specific link incident record format.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

A-54 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 584

Message: Not operational primitive sequence (NOS) received.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: An attached OSI or FICON server received a not-operational primitive sequence (NOS).

Action: A link incident record (LIR) is generated and sent to the attached server using the reporting procedure defined in
T11/99-017v0 (OSI) or the FICON architecture document (FICON). If fault isolation at the server does not detect
a failure, the problem may be due to a port failure. See MAP 0000: Start MAP on page 3-18 for instructions.

Event Data: Refer to the T11/99-017v0 or FICON architecture document for the specific link incident record format.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

Event Code: 585

Message: Primitive sequence timeout.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: An attached OSI or FICON server recognized either a link reset (LR) protocol timeout or a timeout while waiting
for the appropriate response (while in a NOS receive state and after NOS was not longer recognized).

Action: A link incident record (LIR) is generated and sent to the attached server using the reporting procedure defined in
T11/99-017v0 (OSI) or the FICON architecture document (FICON). If fault isolation at the server does not detect
a failure, the problem may be due to a port failure. See MAP 0000: Start MAP on page 3-18 for instructions.

Event Data: Refer to the T11/99-017v0 or FICON architecture document for the specific link incident record format.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

LIM Events (500 through 599) A-55

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 586

Message: Invalid primitive sequence received for current link state.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: An attached OSI or FICON server recognized either a link reset (LR) or a link-reset response (LRR) sequence
while in the wait-for-online sequence (OLS) state.

Action: A link incident record (LIR) is generated and sent to the attached server using the reporting procedure defined in
T11/99-017v0 (OSI) or the FICON architecture document (FICON). If fault isolation at the server does not detect
a failure, the problem may be due to a port failure. See Maintenance Analysis Procedure (MAPS) on page 3-1 for
instructions.

Event Data: Refer to the T11/99-017v0 or FICON architecture document for the specific link incident record format.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

A-56 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
SWM Events (600 through 699)

Event Code: 600

Message: SWM hot-insertion initiated.

Severity: Informational

Explanation: Installation of a backup SWM was initiated with the director powered on and operational. The event indicates that
operational firmware detected the presence of the SWM, but the SWM is not seated. When the SWM is seated in
the director chassis and identified by firmware, an event code 601 is generated.

Action: If event code 601 follows this event and the amber LED on the SWM extinguishes, the replacement SWM is
installed and no additional action is required. If event code 601 does not follow this event, re-seat the SWM. If
event code 601 still does not appear, replace the SWM.

Event Data: Byte 0 = SWM slot position

Bytes 4 - 7 = elapsed millisecond tick count.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 601

Message: SWM is recognized.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: An SWM is installed and recognized by director operational firmware.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: Byte 0 = SWM slot position

Bytes 4 - 7 = elapsed millisecond tick count.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

SWM Events (600 through 699) A-57

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 602

Message: SWM anomaly detected.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: Director operational firmware detected a deviation in the normal operating mode or operating status of the
indicated SWM.

Action: No action required. An event code 604 is generated if the SWM fails.

Event Data: Byte 0 = SWM slot position.

Byte 1 = device number.
Byte 2 = link number for midplane errors.
Byte 3 = engineering fail reason code.
Bytes 4 - 7 = internal error code.
Bytes 8 - 11 = event specific information.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

Event Code: 603

Message: SWM hot-removal completed.

Severity: Informational.

Explanation: An SWM was removed with the director powered on and operational.

Action: No action required.

Event Data: Byte 0 = SWM slot position.

Bytes 4 - 7 = elapsed millisecond tick count.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

A-58 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 604

Message: SWM failure.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: The indicated SWM failed. If the active SWM fails, the backup SWM takes over operation. If the backup SWM
fails, the active SWM is not impacted.

Action: Replace the failed SWM with a functional card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and
faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 0 = SWM slot position.

Byte 1 = engineering failure reason code.
Byte 2= internal error code.
Byte 3 = device number.
Byte 4= BMAC link number.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 605

Message: SWM revision not supported.

Severity: Minor.

Explanation: The indicated SWM is not recognized and appears uninstalled to the director firmware.

Action: Ensure the director model supports the operating firmware version. If the firmware version is supported, replace
the SWM with a functional card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and faulty card to EMC
support personnel.

Event Data: Byte 0 = SWM slot position.

Bytes 4 - 7 = elapsed millisecond tick count.
Bytes 8 and 9 = detected module identifier.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔

SWM Events (600 through 699) A-59

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 607

Message: Director contains no operational SWMs.

Severity: Severe.

Explanation: The director firmware does not recognize an installed SWM.

Action: Install at least one functional SWM and power-on reset (POR) the director.

Event Data: Bytes 4 - 7 = elapsed millisecond tick count.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

A-60 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Thermal Events (800 through 899)

Event Code: 800

Message: High temperature warning (LIM thermal sensor).

Severity: Major.

Explanation: The thermal sensor associated with the LIM indicates the warm temperature threshold was reached or exceeded.

Action: Replace the indicated LIM with a functional card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and
faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 801

Message: Critically hot temperature warning (LIM thermal sensor).

Severity: Major.

Explanation: The thermal sensor associated with a LIM indicates the hot temperature threshold was reached or exceeded.

Action: Replace the indicated LIM with a functional card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and
faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Thermal Events (800 through 899) A-61

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 802

Message: LIM shutdown due to thermal violation.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: A LIM failed and was powered off because of excessive heat. This event follows an indication that the hot
temperature threshold was reached or exceeded (event code 801).

Action: Replace the failed LIM with a functional card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and faulty
card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 805

Message: High temperature warning (SWM thermal sensor).

Severity: Major.

Explanation: The thermal sensor associated with an SWM indicates the warm temperature threshold was reached or
exceeded.

Action: Replace the indicated SWM with a functional card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and
faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

A-62 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 806

Message: Critically hot temperature warning (SWM thermal sensor).

Severity: Major.

Explanation: The thermal sensor associated with an SWM indicates the hot temperature threshold was reached or exceeded.

Action: Replace the indicated SWM with a functional card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and
faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 807

Message: SWM shutdown due to thermal violation.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: An SWM failed and was powered off because of excessive heat. This event follows an indication that the hot
temperature threshold was reached or exceeded (event code 806). If the active SWM fails, the backup SWM
takes over operation. If the backup SWM fails, the active SWM is not impacted.

Action: Replace the failed SWM with a functional card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and
faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Thermal Events (800 through 899) A-63

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 810

Message: High temperature warning (CTP card thermal sensor).

Severity: Major.

Explanation: The thermal sensor associated with a CTP card indicates the warm temperature threshold was reached or
exceeded.

Action: Replace the indicated CTP card with a functional card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD
and faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error
Event Log Indicator

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Event Code: 811

Message: Critically hot temperature warning (CTP card thermal sensor).

Severity: Major.

Explanation: The thermal sensor associated with a CTP card indicates the hot temperature threshold was reached or
exceeded.

Action: Replace the indicated CTP card with a functional card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD
and faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

A-64 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Event Code: 812

Message: CTP card shutdown due to thermal violation.

Severity: Major.

Explanation: A CTP card failed and was powered off because of excessive heat. This event follows an indication that the hot
temperature threshold was reached or exceeded (event code 811). If the active CTP card fails, the backup card
takes over operation. If the backup CTP card fails, the active card is not impacted.

Action: Replace the failed CTP card with a functional card. Perform the data collection procedure and return the CD and
faulty card to EMC support personnel.

Event Data: No supplementary data included with this event.

Distribution: Director Connectrix Service Processor Host

Nonvolatile System Event Log E-Mail Call-Home Sense Info Link Incident
System Error LED
Event Log

✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔

Thermal Events (800 through 899) A-65

 Event Code Tables
A
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

A-66 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Invisible Body Tag

B

Director Specifications

This appendix lists physical characteristics, storage and shipping

environment, and operating environment for the ED-10000M
Director.
◆ Physical Characteristics.................................................................... B-2
◆ Shipping and Storage Environment ............................................... B-5
◆ Operating Environment ................................................................... B-6

Director Specifications B-1

 Director Specifications
B
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Physical Characteristics
◆ Dimensions (Figure B-2):
• Height: 61.60 centimeters (24.25 inches) or 14 rack units (RU)
• Width: 44.32 centimeters (17.45 inches)
• Depth: 74.96 centimeters. (29.51 inches)
◆ Weight:
• 152 kilograms (335 pounds)
◆ Power requirements:
• Input voltage: 180 to 270 VAC
• Input current: 12.0 amps at 208 VAC
• Input frequency: 47 to 63 Hz

The director is equipped with two, 30 amp, 14 foot power cords for a four
rectifier power shelf. Connect power cords to separate, redundant facility
power sources that provide single-phase, 30 amp, 180 to 264 VAC
power. . See Figure B-1 for a two director configuration.

AC power cords for country of installation must be ordered at time of order

placement.
For North American installations, select the ED-10KM-CBLDOM power
cords, which have the NEMA-L6-30 twist-lock power connectors.
For International installations, select the ED-10KM-CBLINT power
cords,which have the IEC 60309 30 /32A,3PIN connectors.
Each power drop should provide 30/32 Amp, 200~240VAC 50/60Hz single
phase service.

B-2 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Director Specifications
B
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure B-1 Power Plugs for Two Directors in a Cabinet

Physical Characteristics B-3

 Director Specifications
B
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Figure B-2 ED-10000M Dimensions

◆ Heat dissipation:
• Maximum: 2,500 watts (8,530 BTUs/hr)
◆ Cooling airflow clearances (director chassis):
• Right and left side: 5.1 centimeters (2.0 inches)
• Front: 7.6 centimeters (3.0 inches)
• Rear: 5.1 centimeters (2.0 inches)
• Top and bottom: No clearance required
◆ Acoustical noise:
• 75.0 dB “A” scale

B-4 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Director Specifications
B
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Shipping and Storage Environment
Protective packaging must be provided to protect the director under
all shipping methods (domestic and international).
Shipping temperature:
-40° C to 60° C (-40° F to 140° F)
Storage temperature:
1° C to 60° C (34° F to 140° F)
Shipping relative humidity:
5% to 100%
Storage relative humidity:
5% to 80%
Maximum wet-bulb temperature:
29° C (84° F)
Altitude:
12,192 meters (40,000 feet)

Shipping and Storage Environment B-5

 Director Specifications
B
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Operating Environment
Temperature:
0° C to 40° C (32° F to 104° F)
Relative humidity:
8% to 80%
Maximum wet-bulb temperature:
27° C (81° F)
Altitude:
3,048 meters (10,000 feet)
Inclination:
10° maximum

B-6 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Invisible Body Tag

C
Connectrix Service
Processor and Ethernet
Hub

This appendix describes the Connectrix Service Processor and the

optional, Ethernet hub.
◆ Overview ............................................................................................ C-2
◆ Connectrix Service Processor Description..................................... C-3

Connectrix Service Processor and Ethernet Hub C-1

 Connectrix Service Processor and Ethernet Hub
C
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Overview
This appendix describes the Connectrix Service Processor and the
optional, Ethernet hub.
For details on setup of these items see the Connectrix EC-1500 Cabinet
Installation and Setup Manual, P/N 300-001-737 Rev A02.

C-2 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Connectrix Service Processor and Ethernet Hub
C
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Connectrix Service Processor Description
The Connectrix Service Processor with a liquid crystal display (LCD)
panel (Figure C-1) is a one rack unit (1U) high, LAN-accessed, rack-
mount unit that provides a central point of control for up to 48
connected directors, switches, or other EMC managed products.
Server applications are accessed through a LAN-attached PC or
workstation with client software installed.

Figure C-1 Connectrix Service Processor

The server is rack mounted in the EMC EC-1500™ equipment

cabinet. The Connectrix Service Processor or CLI is required to install,
configure, and manage the director.
The Connectrix Service Processor provides two auto-detecting
10/100 Mbps Ethernet LAN connectors (RJ-45 adapters). The first
adapter (LAN 1) can be attached to a public customer intranet to
allow access from remote user workstations. The second adapter
(LAN 2) attaches to a private LAN segment containing directors,
switches, or other managed EMC products.

Connectrix Service Processor Specifications

The following list summarizes the hardware specifications for the
Connectrix Service Processor platform. Some platforms may ship
with more enhanced hardware, such as a faster processor, additional
random- access memory (RAM), or a higher-capacity hard drive.
◆ 1U rack-mount server running the Intel® Pentium® 4 processor
with an 1,800 megahertz (MHz) or greater clock speed, Microsoft
Windows® 2000 Professional operating system, and power cord.
◆ 1,024 megabyte (MB) or greater RAM.
◆ 40 gigabyte (GB) or greater internal hard drive.
◆ 1.44 MB 3.5-inch slim-type disk drive and slim-type compact
disk-rewritable (CD-RW) drive.

Connectrix Service Processor Description C-3

 Connectrix Service Processor and Ethernet Hub
C
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
◆ 56K modem.
◆ Two 10/100 Mbps Ethernet adapters with RJ-45 connectors.

C-4 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Connectrix Service Processor and Ethernet Hub
C
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Ethernet Hub Description
The Connectrix Service Processor and managed directors or switches
connect through a 10/100 Base-T EMC-qualified Ethernet hub
(Figure C-2).
.

Figure C-2 24-Port Ethernet Hub

Hubs can be connected in a star or hub and spoke configuration to

provide additional connections as more directors or switches (or
other EMC managed products) are installed on a network. Multiple
hubs are connected by attaching RJ-45 Ethernet patch cables and
configuring each hub through a medium- dependent interface (MDI)
switch.

Ethernet Hub Description C-5

 Connectrix Service Processor and Ethernet Hub
C
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

C-6 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Invisible Body Tag

D
Restore Connectrix
Service Processor

The procedure in this appendix provides information to restore the

Connectrix Service Processor after a failure of the personal computer
(PC) hard drive.
◆ Overview ............................................................................................D-2
◆ Requirements.....................................................................................D-3
◆ Connectrix Server Restore Procedure ............................................D-4

Restore Connectrix Service Processor D-1

 Restore Connectrix Service Processor
D
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Overview
The restoration o fthe Connectrix Service Processor involves the
following tasks:
◆ Windows 2000 Professional operating system.
◆ Windows 2000 configuration information.
◆ Connectrix Manager and ED-10000M Element Manager
application.
◆ Connectrix Manager application data directory.

D-2 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Restore Connectrix Service Processor
D
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Requirements
The following are required to perform this procedure:
◆ Connectrix Service Processor Restore CD-ROM
This CD-ROM is shipped with the Connectrix service processor
and contains the:
• Disk operating system (DOS) files required to boot the PC
after a hard drive failure.
• Windows 2000 Professional operating system.
◆ Connectrix Manager Applications CD-ROM
This CD-ROM is shipped with the Connectrix service processor
and contains the Connectrix Manager applicationand the
ED-10000M Element Manager applications.
◆ Connectrix Manager data directory backup on CD-ROM
The Connectrix Manager data directory is automatically backed
up to a CD when the Connectrix service processor is rebooted or
when the data directory contents change. The data directory
includes:
• All Connectrix Manager configuration data (product
definitions, user names, passwords, user rights, nicknames,
session options, SNMP trap recipients, E-mail recipients, and
Ethernet event notifications).
• All log files (Connectrix Manager logs and individual Product
Manager logs).
• Zoning library (all zone sets and zone definitions).
• Firmware library.
• Call-home settings (phone numbers and dialing options).
• Configuration data for each managed ED-10000M (stored on
the Connectrix service processor and in NV-RAM on each
ED-10000M).
◆ Windows 2000 configuration information
Windows NT network addresses, date and time information, user
information, and the product identification are recorded during
installation of the Connectrix service processor (Task 13: Set
Director Date and Time on page 2-37).

Requirements D-3
 Restore Connectrix Service Processor
D
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Connectrix Server Restore Procedure
This section decribes how to restore the Connectrix server.

Reloading the To restore the rack-mount management server:

Operating System 1. At the server, press the left edge (PUSH label) of the LCD panel to
and Connectrix disengage the panel and expose the CD-RW drive.
Manager
Application 2. Insert the Connectrix Server Restore CD-ROM in the CD-RW drive
and close the LCD panel.

! CAUTION
This procedure deletes all data from the C: hard drive partition.

3. Press the power ( ) button. The server powers on and performs

a restore from the CD-ROM.
4. After the restore completes, the server makes a series of beeps.
Remove the Connectrix Server Restore CD-ROM from the CD-RW
drive.
5. Power cycle the server. The server performs power-on self-tests
(POSTs). After successful POST completion, the LCD panel
displays a Welcome!! message, then cycles through and displays
server operational information.
6. Configure the following parameters at the server LCD panel (Task
7: Configure Windows Operating System Users on page 2-26).
• Windows Operating password.
• IP address for private and public LAN connections.
• Subnet mask or private and public LAN connections.
7. Configure Windows 2000 configuration information as required
by the customer:
a. Configure the computer and workgroup names for the server.
If required, change the server gateway address and DNS
server IP address to conform to the customer LAN addressing
plan (Task 7: Configure Windows Operating System Users on
page 2-26).
b. Change the administrator password for security needs.
c. Add TimeZone.

D-4 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Restore Connectrix Service Processor
D
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
d. Configure the call-home feature .
8. Insert the Connectrix Manager Applications CD-ROM in the
CD-RW drive and close the LCD panel.
9. Install the Connectrix Manager application. For complete
instructions on how to install Connectrix Manager, refer to the
section entitled Starting the Application in Chapter 2 of the
Connectrix Manager User Guide.

Once the installation process is completed, you must now restore

the customer's SAN configuration from one of the following
sources. Refer to either Restoring the Connectrix Manager Data from
the CD-RW Drive or Hard Drive on page D-5 or Restoring Connectrix
Manager Data from the Network Drive on page D-7.

Restoring the 1. Restore the data. From the SAN menu, select Import. The Import
Connectrix dialog box displays.
Manager Data from 2. In the Import From list, select SAN File (zip).
the CD-RW Drive or
Hard Drive 3. Click Browse and select the zip file from the appropriate source
containing the backup:
• <CDDrive>\Backup\Server\Data\Backup\BkpPersisted.zip
or
• <HardDrive>\Backup\Server\Data\Backup\BkpPersisted.zip
4. Click Open.
5. In the Import dialog box, click OK. A message will display, stating
that imported data will replace corresponding data on the server.
6. If you are sure you want to replace the data on the server, click OK.
A message will display: All connected clients are being logged
out as a result of the license key update. Click OK.The client will
be logged out and the Log In dialog box will display.

Important: Do not skip these remaining steps, 17 through 21.

7. Log back into the application.

8. Stop the Connectrix Manager application Services by selecting the
Start menu, then Programs, then Connectrix Manager 8.7.1,
then Stop Services.

Connectrix Server Restore Procedure D-5

 Restore Connectrix Service Processor
D
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
9. To restore data to the Connectrix Manager application, choose the
appropriate source:
• Copy the three folders (CallHome, Client, and Server) from
the CD-ROM drive (X:\Backup\ directory) and paste them in
C:\Program Files\Connectrix Manager 8.7.1.
or
• Copy the three folders (CallHome, Client, and Server) from
the Hard drive (X:\Backup\ directory) and paste them in
C:\Program Files\Connectrix Manager 8.7.1.
• Click Yes to All.
10. Start Connectrix Manager Services by selecting the Start menu,
then Programs, then Connectrix Manager 8.7.1, then Start
Services.

11. Ensure discovery is turned on by selecting On from the Discover

menu.
12. Reboot the server.
a. At the Windows 2000 desktop, click Start at the left side of
the task bar (bottom of the desktop), then select Shut Down.
The Shut Down Windows dialog box displays.
b. Select the Restart option from the list box and click OK. The
server powers down and restarts. Type the default Windows
2000 user name and password and click OK. The server
Windows 2000 desktop opens and the Connectrix Manager Log
In dialog box displays.

NOTE: The default Windows 2000 user name is Administrator and

the default password is password. The user name and password are
case-sensitive.

c. Type the Connectrix Manager application default user ID and

password and select a server or IP address from the Network
Address drop-down list.

The default Connectrix Manager application user name is Administrator and

the default password is password. The user name and password are
case-sensitive.

d. Click Login. The application opens and the Connectrix

Manager main window appears.

D-6 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Restore Connectrix Service Processor
D
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Restoring 1. Open the Connectrix Manager application and complete the
Connectrix configuration wizard.
Manager Data from 2. Verify the user rights to the network drive (the System
the Network Drive Administrator can do this).

The network drive must be mounted on the Connectrix Manager

application server.
a. From the Start menu, select Settings, then Control Panel,
then Administrative Tools, and then Services.

The Services dialog box displays.

b. Right-click Connectrix Manager 8.7.1 Backup and select
Properties.

The Properties dialog box displays.

c. Click the Log On tab.New Features and Changes
d. Click This account and enter the account name for the user
who has rights to the network drive.
e. Click Browse to select a valid user account name with the
proper path.

If your workstation is in a workgroup, you must use a user

account with the following properties:
• The account must exist on both the server workstation and
on the workstation on which the network drive is located.
• The account must have the same user name and password
on both workstations.
• The account must be in the Administrator’s group on both
workstations.
f. Enter a password in the Password and Confirm password
fields.
g. Click OK to apply changes and to close the Connectrix
Manager 8.7.1 Backup Properties dialog box.

h. On the Services dialog box, click the close (X) button.

You will now be prompted to Stop and Start the Connectrix

Manager 8.7.1 Backup service.

Connectrix Server Restore Procedure D-7

 Restore Connectrix Service Processor
D
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
3. Stop the Backup Services:
a. From the Start menu, select Settings, then Control Panel,
then Administrative Tools, and then Services.

The Services dialog box displays.

b. Right-click Connectrix Manager 8.7.1 Backup, and select
Stop.
4. From the SAN menu, select Import.

The Import dialog box displays.

5. In the Import list, select SAN File (zip).
6. Click Browse, and select the zip file from the Network drive
containing the backup:
<Network Drive>\Backup\Server\Data\Backup\BkpPersisted.zip
7. Click Open.
8. In the Import dialog box, click OK.

A message displays, stating that imported data replaces

corresponding data on the server.
9. To replace the data on the server, click OK.

The client is logged out and the Log In dialog box displays.
10. Click the Exit (X) button to exit.
11. Stop the Connectrix Manager application Services by selecting the
Start menu, then Programs, then Connectrix Manager 8.7.1,
then Stop Services.

A DOS window displays messages of services being shut down.

12. To restore data to the Connectrix Manager application, complete
the following:
a. Copy the four folders (Backup, CallHome, Client, and
Server) from the Network drive (<Network
Drive>:\Backup\ directory) paste them in C:\Program
Files\Connectrix Manager 8.7.1.

A message displays asking if you want to overwrite the

existing files.

D-8 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Restore Connectrix Service Processor
D
EMC CONFIDENTIAL
b. Click Yes.
13. Start the Connectrix Manager application Services by selecting
the Start menu, then Programs, then Connectrix Manager
8.7.1, then Start Services.

14. Restart the Connectrix Manager application.

15. Log back into the application.
16. Ensure discovery is turned on by selecting On from the Discover
menu.

Connectrix Server Restore Procedure D-9

 Restore Connectrix Service Processor
D
EMC CONFIDENTIAL

D-10 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 EMC CONFIDENTIAL

Glossary

This glossary includes terms and definitions from:

• American National Standard Dictionary for Information Systems
(ANSI X3.172-1990), copyright 1990 by the American National
Standards Institute (ANSI). Copies can be purchased from the
American National Standards Institute, 25 West 42nd Street, New
York, NY 10036. Definitions from this text are identified by (A).
• ANSI/EIA Standard - 440A: Fiber Optic Terminology, copyright 1989
by the Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA). Copies can be
purchased from the Electronic Industries Alliance, 2500 Wilson
Blvd., Arlington, VA, 22201. Definitions from this text are
identified by (E).
• IBM Dictionary of Computing (ZC20-1699). Definitions from this
text are identified by (D).
• Information Technology Vocabulary. THe terms and definitions
taken from ISO/IEC 2382-1:1993, Information Technology
Vocabulary - Part 1: Fundamental Terms, are reproduced with the
permission of the International Organization for Standardization,
ISO. This standard can be obtained from any ISO member and
from the web site of the ISO Central Secretariat at the following
address: www.iso.org. Copyright remains with ISO. Definitions
of published parts of this vocabulary are identified by (I).

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual g-1
Glossary

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
A
alarm (1) A notification of an abnormal condition within a system that pro-
vides an indication of the location or nature of the abnormality to
either a local or remote alarm indicator. (2) A simple network man-
agement protocol (SNMP) message notifying an operator of a net-
work or device problem.

C
concurrent Ability to perform maintenance tasks, such as removal or replace-
maintenance ment of field-replaceable units (FRUs), while a hardware product is
operating.

D
director An intelligent, highly-available, Fibre Channel switch providing
any-to-any port connectivity between nodes (end devices) on a
switched fabric. The director sends data transmissions (data frames)
between nodes in accordance with the address information present in
the frame headers of those transmissions.

domain ID Domain identifier. A number that uniquely identifies a switch in a

multiswitch fabric. A distinct domain ID is automatically allocated to
each switch in the fabric by the principal switch. The preferred
domain ID is the domain ID value that a switch requests from the
principal switch. If the value has not been allocated to another switch
in the fabric, it will be granted by the principal switch and will
become the requesting switch active domain ID. The active domain
ID is the domain ID that has been assigned by the principal switch
and that a switch is currently using.

E
E_Port See Expansion port.

g-2 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Glossary

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Event Log Record of significant events that have occurred on the director or
switch (director or switch Event Log) or through the Connectrix Man-
ager Services application (Connectrix Manager Event Log). There are
two Event Logs: director or switch Event Log, and Connectrix Man-
ager Event Log.
(1) Director or switch Event Log. Log displayed through the Product
Manager application that provides a history of events for an individ-
ual director or switch, such as system events, degraded operation,
FRU failures, FRU removals and replacements, port problems, Fibre
Channel link incidents, and Connectrix Service Processor-to-product
communication problems. All detected software and hardware fail-
ures are recorded in the Event Log. The information is useful to main-
tenance personnel for fault isolation and repair verification. exchange
A term that refers to one of the Fibre Channel protocol “building
blocks,” composed of one or more nonconcurrent sequences.

expansion port E_Port. Physical interface on a Fibre Channel switch within a fabric,
that attaches to an E_Port on another Fibre Channel switch through
an interswitch link (ISL) to form a multiswitch fabric.

F
fabric Entity that interconnects node ports (N_Ports) and is capable of rout-
ing (switching) Fibre Channel frames, using the destination ID infor-
mation in the Fibre Channel frame header accompanying the frames.
A switch is the smallest entity that can function as a complete
switched fabric topology.

fabric loop port FL_Port. A fabric port (F_Port) that contains arbitrated loop (AL)
functions associated with the Fibre Channel arbitrated loop (FC-AL)
topology. The access point of the fabric for physically connecting an
arbitrated loop of node loop ports (NL_Ports).

FC See Fibre Channel.

Fibre Channel FC. Integrated set of standards recognized by American National

Standards Institute (ANSI) which defines specific protocols for flexi-
ble information transfer. Logically, a point-to-point serial data chan-
nel, structured for high performance.

field-replaceable unit FRU. Assembly removed and replaced in its entirety when any one of
its components fails (D).

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual g-3
Glossary

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
FL_Port See Fabric loop port.

G
Gbps Gigabits per second (109 bits per second). Sometimes abbreviated
Gb/s.

generic port G_Port. Physical interface on a director or switch that can function
either as a fabric port (F_Port) or an expansion port (E_Port), depend-
ing on the port type to which it connects.

G_Port See Generic Port.

H
HBA See Host bus adapter.

host bus adapter HBA. Logic card that provides a link between the server and storage
subsystem, and that integrates the operating systems and I/O proto-
cols to ensure interoperability.

hot spare See Field replaceable unit.

hot swap See Concurrent maintenance.

I
interswitch link ISL. Physical expansion port (E_Port) connection between two direc-
tors in a fabric.

ISL See Interswitch link.

g-4 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Glossary

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
J
JBOD See Just a bunch of disks.

just a bunch of disks JBOD. Refers to a rack of disks without data redundancy or striping.

L
link Physical connection between two devices on a switched fabric. A link
consists of two conductors, one used for sending and the other for
receiving, thereby providing a duplex communication path.

M
MAC address See Media access control address.

MAN See Metropolitan area network.

management MIB. Related set of software objects (variables) containing informa-

information base tion about a managed device and accessed via simple network man-
agement protocol (SNMP) from a network management station.

media access control MAC address. Hardware address of a node (device) connected to a
address network.

metropolitan area MAN. A network capable of high-speed communications over dis-

network tances up to about 100 kilometers.

MIB See Management information base.

N
N_Port See Node port.

node In Fibre Channel protocol, an end device (server or storage device)

that is or can be connected to a switched fabric.

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual g-5
Glossary

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
node port N_Port. Physical interface within an end device that can connect to an
fabric port (F_Port) on a switched fabric or directly to another N_Port
(in point-to-point communications).

O
ordered set In Fibre Channel protocol, four 10-bit characters (a combination of
data and special characters) providing low-level link functions, such
as frame demarcation and signaling between two ends of a link. It
provides for initialization of the link after power-on and for some
basic recovery functions.

out-of-band Transmission of management information, using frequencies or chan-

management nels other than those routinely used for information transfer.

port Receptacle on a device to which a cable leading to another device can

be attached. Ports provide Fibre Channel connections (D).

R
RAID See Redundant array of independent disks.

redundant array of RAID. Grouping of hard drives in a single system to provide greater
independent disks performance and data integrity. RAID systems have features that
ensure data stored on the drives are safe and quickly retrievable.

S
SAN See Storage area network; system area network.

SCSI See Small computer system interface.

g-6 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 Glossary

EMC CONFIDENTIAL
simple network SNMP. A transmission control protocol/Internet protocol
management (TCP/IP)-derived protocol governing network management and
protocol monitoring of network devices.

small computer SCSI. An interface standard that enables computers to communicate

system interface with peripherals connected to them. Commonly used in enterprise
computing and in Apple Macintosh systems. Usually pronounced as
“scuzzy.” The equivalent interface in most personal computers is
enhanced integrated drive electronics (EIDE). See FC.
A narrow SCSI adapter supports up to eight devices, including itself.
SCSI address 7 has the highest priority followed by 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0,
with 0 being the lowest priority.

SNMP See Simple network management protocol.

storage area network SAN. A high-performance data communications environment that

interconnects computing and storage resources so that the resources
can be effectively shared and consolidated.

T
TCP/IP See Transmission control protocol/internet protocol.

transmission control TCP/IP. A layered set of protocols (network and transport) that
protocol/Internet allows sharing of applications among devices on a high-speed local
protocol area network (LAN) communication environment (D).

W
world-wide names WWN. Eight-byte string that uniquely identifies a Fibre Channel
entity (that is, a port, a node, a switch, a fabric), even on global net-
works.

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual g-7
Glossary

EMC CONFIDENTIAL

g-8 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual
 EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Numerics
10/100 BaseT ethernet hub 3
10/100 Mbps
ethernet port 10
A
AC power switch/breaker 16
removing and replacing 31
acoustical noise, director 4
addressing, port 22
airflow clearances, director 4
allen wrench 34
altitude
operating environment 6
shipping and storage environment 5
architecture
EON 4
asynchronous RS-232
null modem cable 35
B
back up
SAN management application configuration data 53
switch configuration file
Connectrix Manager application 35
bezel 6
binding
port
configure through Element Manager 45
enable through Element Manager 45
blocking
port 19
C
cable tray 20
removing and replacing 41
call-home support
configure at management server 51
enable at management server 51
cards

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual 1

 EMC CONFIDENTIAL
LIM 10
SWM 14
cleaning fiber-optic components 29
clearances, director 4
configuration data
managing 35
configuration file
back up
Connectrix Manager application 35
restore
Connectrix Manager application 35
configure
basic port information
Element Manager 44
call-home support 51
e-mail notification 49
Ethernet events 51
fabric parameters
Element Manager 41
management server
date and time 29
DNS domain name 22
name 22
passwords 31
PFE keys
Element Manager 35
port binding
Element Manager 45
SNMP
Element Manager 45
switch date and time
Element Manager 37
switch identification
Element Manager 39
switch network information
maintenance port 17
switch operating parameters

2 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual

 EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Element Manager 40
switch to Connectrix Manager application 33
threshold alerts 47
user names 31
Windows users 26
zone sets 56
zones 56
connectors 25
Connectrix Manager
default
user name 31
logs, list of 4
Connectrix Manager application
default
password 31, 54, 6
user name 54, 6
Connectrix service processor
restore 3
restore procedure 4
controls 25
cooling system
fan tray 17
CTP card
event codes 26
failover 9
LEDs 10
removing and replacing 9
reset button 31
roles 8
system services processor 10
customer checklist for fault isolation 18
D
data collection procedure
management server 22
data collection, procedure 22
date
set at management server 29

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual 3

 EMC CONFIDENTIAL
set switch date
Element Manager 37
default
Connectrix Manager application
password 31, 54, 6
user name 31, 54, 6
switch
gateway address 2
IP address 2
passwords 2
subnet mask 2
Windows
password 54
user name 54
Windows password 6
Windows user name 6
diagnostics
MAPs 2
port diagnostics 11
dimensions, director 2
director
acoustical noise 4
airflow clearances 4
cable tray 20
controls, connectors, and indicators 25
CTP card 10
dimensions 2
event log 2
features
error-detection 23
reporting 23
serviceability 23
general description 3
heat dissipation 4
illustrated parts breakdown 2
LEDs 25
management, overview 5

4 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual

 EMC CONFIDENTIAL
maximum inclination 6
operating environment 6
partitions 2, 3
physical characteristics 2
ports
blocking or unblocking 19
power requirements 2
power-off procedure 25
power-on procedure 24
redundancy 4
reset 27
setting online or offline 24, 26
shipping environment 5
specifications 1
storage environment 5
tools supplied 34
weight 2
E
E_D_TOV 42
E_Port
configure 44
segmented 53
e_port segmentation
reasons for 14
element manager
logs, list of 4
performance view 12
port list view 11
SNMP 5
Element Manager application
configure 39
configure PFE key
Element Manager 35
e-mail support
configure at management server 49
enable at management server 49
embedded port subsystem 10

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual 5

 EMC CONFIDENTIAL
enable
call-home support 51
e-mail notification 49
Ethernet events 51
port binding
Element Manager 45
EON architecture 4
EP subsystem 10
error-detection features, director 23
ESD
information 8
repair procedures, caution 3
wrist strap 36
Ethernet events
configure at management server 51
enable at management server 51
Ethernet hub
installation 7
ethernet hub
description 5
event codes 12
CTP card events 26
fan tray events 20
LIM 39
power supply 16
SWM 57
system events 4
thermal events 61
event log 4, 8
management server 2
F
F_Port
configure 44
fabric log 7
fabric parameters
configure
Element Manager 41

6 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual

 EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Fabricenter cabinet 3
fan tray 17
removing and replacing 35
fan tray events, event codes 20
fault isolation 2
customer checklist 18
logs 4
FC fabric element MIB, version 23
FC-512 Fabricenter cabinet 3
fiber-optic
cleaning kit 36
components, cleaning 29
protective plug 35
transceivers, types of 13
fibre channel ports 3
filler panels, removing and replacing 40
firmware
versions, managing 31
FL_Port
configure 44
front bezel 6
front-accessible FRUs, parts list 3
FRUs
AC power switch/breaker 16
cable tray 20
concurrent 6
description 6
fan tray 17
front-accessible 3
parts list 3
illustrations 2
LEDs 29
LIM 10
location numbering 21
non-concurrent 6
optical paddle 10, 11, 12
optical paddles 11

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual 7

 EMC CONFIDENTIAL
power supply 16
rear-accessible 5
parts list 5
SWM 14
G
gateway address
default 4, 2, 4
switch default 2
H
hardware log 8
heat dissipation, director 4
hexagonal adapter 34
HotCAT technology 4
humidity
operating environment 6
shipping and storage environment 5
I
identification
configure
Element Manager 39
illustrated parts breakdown 2
inclination, maximum, director 6
indicators 25
insistent domain ID 41
installation tasks
summary 4
Task 1 - Verify installation requirements 6
Task 10 - Set management server date and time 29
Task 12 - Assign user names and passwords 31
Task 13 - Configure the product to the management application 33
Task 15 - Verify product-to-server communication 34
Task 16 - Configure PFE key (optional) 35
Task 18 - Set product date and time 37
Task 19 - Configure the Element Manager application 39
Task 2 - Unpack, inspect, and install the Ethernet hub (optional) 7
Task 20 - Back up configuration data 53
Task 22 - Configure zoning (optional) 56

8 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual

 EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Task 23 - Connect product to a fabric element (optional) 57
Task 3 - Unpack, inspect, and install the product 9
Task 5 - Configure product network information (optional) 17
Task 6 - Unpack, inspect, and install the management server 21
Task 8 - Configure management server information 22
Task 9 - Configure Windows operating system users 26
installing software 34
interop mode 43
IP address
default 4, 2, 4
switch default 2
L
LAN connection
connect management server 21
LEDs 25
CTP card 10
front bezel 6
FRUs 29
optical paddle 12
port 11
port diagnostics 11
POSTs 15
power 27
SWM 15
system error 27
LIM
event codes 39
optical paddle 10, 11
ports, blocking or unblocking 19
removing and replacing 14
link incident log 9
logs
event 4, 8
fabric 7
hardware 8
link incident 9
list of 4

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual 9

 EMC CONFIDENTIAL
product status 5
session 5
loopback plug
multimode 34
singlemode 34
loopback test
external 17
internal 16
M
maintenance data, collecting 22
maintenance port
configure switch network addresses 17
management server
description 3
event log 2
installation 21
specifications 3
managing
configuration data 35
director 5
MAPs
event codes 12
MAP 0000-Start Map 18
MAP 0100-Power Distribution Analysis 22
MAP 0200-POST Failure Analysis 25
MAP 0300-Server Application Problem Determination 29
MAP 0400-Loss of Server Communication 37
MAP 0600-LIM, Optical Paddle, and SFP/XFP Failure and Link Incident Analysis 40
MAP 0700-Fabric, ISL, and Segmented Port Problem Determination 52
quick start 6
MIBs 23
multiswitch fabric
e_port segmentation
reasons for 14
N
network address, product status log 7
network information

10 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual

 EMC CONFIDENTIAL
configure switch
maintenance port 17
null modem cable 35
numbering, port 22
O
online state, setting 26
operating environment, director 6
operating parameters
configure
Element Manager 40
Optical I/O interface module
See optical paddle
optical paddle 10, 11
1 or 2 Gbps (OTPS) 11
10 Gbps (OTPX) 11
LEDs 12
P
part numbers
front-accessible FRUs 3
rear-accessible FRUs 5
partitions 2, 3
password
configure at management server 31
customer-level switch 2
default 4, 2, 4
default Connectrix Manager application 31, 54, 6
default Windows 54, 6
maintenance-level switch 2
performance view 12
PFE keys
configure
Element Manager 35
Element Manager application 35
SANtegrity binding 35
physical characteristics, director 2
port
loopback test, external 17

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual 11

 EMC CONFIDENTIAL
loopback test, internal 16
loopback tests 16
port addressing 22
port binding
configure
Element Manager 45
description 45
enable
Element Manager 45
port LEDs 11
port list view 11
port loopback diagnostic tests, fiber-optic
loopback plug 34
port numbering 22
ports 3
blocking 19
configure basic information
Element Manager 44
diagnostics, performing 11
port technology 15
POSTs
LEDs 15
power distribution system MAP 22
power requirements, director 2
power supply 16
event codes 16
removing and replacing 29
power-off procedure 25
power-on procedure 24
preferred domain ID 40
preventive maintenance, cleaning fiber-optic components 29
procedural notes 3
procedures
blocking ports 19
installation 4
installing software 34
managing configuration data 35

12 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual

 EMC CONFIDENTIAL
managing firmware versions 31
power-off 25
power-on 24
setting offline 24, 26
setting online 24, 26
upgrading software 34
product status log 5
protective plug 35
Q
quick start, MAPs 6
R
R_A_TOV 42
rear-accessible FRUs, parts list 5
redundancy 4
relative humidity
operating environment 6
shipping and storage environment 5
repair procedures, notes 3
reporting features, director 23
rerouting delay 41
reset
configuration data
Connectrix Manager application 36
reset button
function 31
reset, director 27
Restore
Connectrix service processor 3, 4
restore
switch configuration file
Connectrix Manager application 35
RFC 1213
definition 23
RRPs
AC power switch/breaker 31
cable tray 41
CTP card 9

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual 13

 EMC CONFIDENTIAL
ESD information 8
fan tray 35
filler panels 40
LIM 14
power supply 29
procedural notes 8
SFP optical transceiver 19, 22
SWM 25
XFP optical transceiver 19, 22
S
safety
ESD
information 8
repair procedures 3
ESD grounding cable with wrist strap 36
fiber-optic protective plug 35
SANtegrity binding
configure PFE key
Element Manager 35
port binding
configure through Element Manager 45
segmented E_Port
description 53
serviceability features, director 23
session log 5
setting
online state 26
SFP optical transceiver 13
removing and replacing 19, 22
shipping environment, director 5
SNMP
configure
Element Manager 45
general description 5
software
installing 34
upgrading 34

14 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual

 EMC CONFIDENTIAL
specifications, director 1
specifications, management server 3
Sphereon 4500 Fabric Switch
installation 9
SSP subsystem 10
storage environment, director 5
subnet mask
default 4, 2, 4
switch default 2
swapping ports, procedure 20
switch priority 42
SWM
event codes 57
failover 15
LEDs 15
removing and replacing 25
system events
event codes 4
T
TCP/IP MIB-II
definition 23
temperature
operating environment 6
shipping and storage environment 5
test
call-home support 51
e-mail notification 49
tests, loopback 16
thermal events
event codes 61
threshold alert
reasons for 14
threshold alerts
configure 47
description 47
types 47
time

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual 15

 EMC CONFIDENTIAL
set at management server 29
set switch time
Element Manager 37
tools
AC power switch/breaker 31
cable tray 41
CTP card 9
fan tray 35
filler panel 40
LIM 14
power supply 29
SFP optical transceiver 19, 22
supplied by service personnel 35
supplied with director 34
SWM 25
XFP optical transceiver 19, 22
torque tool 34
U
upgrading software 34
user name
configure at management server 31
default Connectrix Manager application 31, 54, 6
default Windows 54, 6
V
verify
switch-to-server communication 34
versions
FC fabric element MIB 23
firmware
managing 31
voltage
director 2
W
weight, director 2
wet-bulb temperature
operating environment 6
shipping and storage environment 5

16 Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual

 EMC CONFIDENTIAL
Windows
configure users 26
default
password 54, 6
user name 54, 6
X
XFP optical transceiver 13
removing and replacing 19, 22
Z
zone sets
description 56
naming conventions 56
zones
description 56
naming conventions 56

Connectrix ED-10000M Fibre Channel Director Installation and Service Manual 17